*** empty log message ***
[emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
blobd391a37f229f75030c3b7e8e02f9cdb6ebea798b
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
24 Redisplay.
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the description of direct update
37 operations, below.)
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
65 X expose events -----+
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
89 Direct operations.
91 You will find a lot of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
110 Desired matrices.
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
126 Iteration over things to be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator.
128 Calls to get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with
129 relevant information about the next thing to display. Calls to
130 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
133 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
134 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
135 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
136 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
137 see in dispextern.h.
139 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
140 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
141 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
142 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
143 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
144 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
145 glyphs produced are discarded.
148 Frame matrices.
150 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
151 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
152 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
153 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
154 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
155 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
158 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
159 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
160 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
161 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
162 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
163 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
164 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
165 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
166 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
167 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169 #include <config.h>
170 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef MAC_OS
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
201 #define INFINITY 10000000
203 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
204 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
205 extern int pending_menu_activation;
206 #endif
208 extern int interrupt_input;
209 extern int command_loop_level;
211 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
213 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
214 extern Lisp_Object Qmode_line, Qmode_line_inactive, Qheader_line;
216 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
217 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
218 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
220 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
221 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
222 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
223 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
224 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata, QCpropertize;
225 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
226 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
227 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
228 Lisp_Object Qbuffer_position, Qposition, Qobject;
230 Lisp_Object Qrisky_local_variable;
232 /* Holds the list (error). */
233 Lisp_Object list_of_error;
235 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
237 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
238 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
240 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
241 over them. */
243 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
245 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
247 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
249 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
251 EMACS_INT tool_bar_button_relief;
253 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
254 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
256 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
258 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
260 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
262 /* Non-zero means Lisp evaluation during redisplay is inhibited. */
264 int inhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
266 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
268 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
269 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qwidth;
271 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
273 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
274 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
275 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
276 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
278 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
280 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
282 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
284 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
286 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
287 images in Lisp. */
289 Lisp_Object Qimage;
291 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
292 message. */
294 int noninteractive_need_newline;
296 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
298 static int message_log_need_newline;
300 /* Three markers that message_dolog uses.
301 It could allocate them itself, but that causes trouble
302 in handling memory-full errors. */
303 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker1;
304 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker2;
305 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker3;
307 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
308 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
309 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
310 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
312 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
314 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
315 terminating newline. */
317 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
319 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
321 static int this_line_vpos;
322 static int this_line_y;
323 static int this_line_pixel_height;
325 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
326 negative if first character is partially visible. */
328 static int this_line_start_x;
330 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
332 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
334 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
335 frame. */
337 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
339 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
341 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
343 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
344 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
345 frame-title-format. */
347 int multiple_frames;
349 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
351 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
353 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
355 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
357 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
359 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
360 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
361 numerical position. */
363 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
365 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
367 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
369 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
371 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
373 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
374 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
375 have changed. */
377 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
379 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
381 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
383 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
385 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
387 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
389 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
390 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
392 static EMACS_INT scroll_step;
394 /* Nonzero means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
395 screen, when appropriate. */
397 static EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively;
399 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
400 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
401 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
402 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
404 EMACS_INT scroll_margin;
406 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
407 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
408 this. */
410 int buffer_shared;
412 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
414 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
416 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
417 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
418 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
420 This variable is deprecated. */
422 int mode_line_inverse_video;
424 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
426 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
428 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
429 of the line that contains the prompt. */
431 int minibuf_prompt_width;
433 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
434 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
435 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
437 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
439 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
440 pushes the current message and the value of
441 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
442 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
444 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
446 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
447 message was specified. */
449 int message_enable_multibyte;
451 /* Nonzero if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
453 int update_mode_lines;
455 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
456 redisplay that finished. */
458 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
460 /* Nonzero means a frame's cursor type has been changed. */
462 int cursor_type_changed;
464 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
465 line number. */
467 int line_number_displayed;
469 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
471 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
473 /* Line width to consider when repositioning for line number display. */
475 static EMACS_INT line_number_display_limit_width;
477 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
478 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
480 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
482 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
484 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
486 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
487 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
489 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
491 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
493 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
495 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
497 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
499 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
500 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
502 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
504 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
505 message. */
507 int message_buf_print;
509 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
511 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update;
512 int inhibit_menubar_update;
514 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
515 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
516 specifying a number of lines. */
518 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
520 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
521 lines instead of being continued. */
523 int message_truncate_lines;
524 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
526 /* Set to 1 in clear_message to make redisplay_internal aware
527 of an emptied echo area. */
529 static int message_cleared_p;
531 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
532 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
534 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
535 Lisp_Object Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows;
537 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
538 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
540 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
541 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
542 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
544 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
546 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
548 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
550 int help_echo_showing_p;
552 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
553 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
554 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
556 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
558 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
559 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
560 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
561 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
562 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
564 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
566 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
568 /* Variables to turn off display optimizations from Lisp. */
570 int inhibit_try_window_id, inhibit_try_window_reusing;
571 int inhibit_try_cursor_movement;
573 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
574 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
576 int trace_redisplay_p;
578 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
580 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
581 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
582 int trace_move;
584 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
585 #else
586 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
587 #endif
589 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
590 point visible. */
592 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
594 /* How close to the margin can point get before the window is scrolled
595 horizontally. */
596 EMACS_INT hscroll_margin;
598 /* How much to scroll horizontally when point is inside the above margin. */
599 Lisp_Object Vhscroll_step;
601 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
603 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
605 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
606 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
607 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
608 become empty. */
610 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
612 /* Buffer being redisplayed -- for redisplay_window_error. */
614 struct buffer *displayed_buffer;
616 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
618 enum prop_handled
620 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
621 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
622 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
623 HANDLED_RETURN
626 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
627 in. */
629 struct props
631 /* The name of the property. */
632 Lisp_Object *name;
634 /* A unique index for the property. */
635 enum prop_idx idx;
637 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
638 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
639 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
642 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
643 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
644 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
645 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
646 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
647 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
649 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
651 static struct props it_props[] =
653 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
654 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
655 `display' need to know the face. */
656 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
657 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
658 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
659 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
660 {NULL, 0, NULL}
663 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
664 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
666 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
668 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
670 enum move_it_result
672 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
673 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
675 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
676 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
678 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
679 MOVE_X_REACHED,
681 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
682 continued. */
683 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
685 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
686 be displayed truncated. */
687 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
689 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
690 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
695 /* Function prototypes. */
697 static void setup_for_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
698 static void mark_window_display_accurate_1 P_ ((struct window *, int));
699 static int single_display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 static int display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
702 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
703 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
705 #if 0
706 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
707 #endif
709 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
710 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
711 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
712 struct text_pos));
713 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
714 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
715 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
716 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
717 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
718 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
719 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
720 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
721 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
722 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
723 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
724 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
725 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
726 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
727 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
728 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
729 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
730 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
731 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
732 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
733 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
734 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
735 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
736 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
737 struct text_pos));
738 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
739 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
740 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
741 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
742 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
743 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static int make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
745 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT, int));
746 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
747 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
748 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
749 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
750 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
751 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
752 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
753 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
754 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
755 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
756 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_error ();
757 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_0 P_ ((Lisp_Object));
758 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object));
759 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
760 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
761 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
762 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
763 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
764 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
765 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object, int));
766 static int store_mode_line_string P_ ((char *, Lisp_Object, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
767 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int *));
768 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
769 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
770 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
771 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
772 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
773 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
774 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *, int));
775 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
776 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
777 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
778 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
779 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
780 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
781 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
782 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
783 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
784 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
785 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
786 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
787 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
788 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *, int));
789 static int init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
790 struct display_pos *));
791 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
792 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
793 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
794 int, int, int));
795 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
796 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
797 struct glyph_row *));
798 static int init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
799 struct glyph_row *));
800 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
801 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
802 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
803 Lisp_Object, int));
804 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
805 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
806 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
807 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
808 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
809 Lisp_Object));
810 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
811 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
812 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
813 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *,
814 int));
815 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
816 static int in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p P_ ((struct display_pos *,
817 struct window *));
819 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
820 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
822 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
824 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
825 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
826 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
827 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
829 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
832 /***********************************************************************
833 Window display dimensions
834 ***********************************************************************/
836 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
837 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
838 mode line, if any. */
840 INLINE int
841 window_text_bottom_y (w)
842 struct window *w;
844 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
845 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
847 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
848 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
849 return height;
853 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
854 means return the total width of W, not including fringes to
855 the left and right of the window. */
857 INLINE int
858 window_box_width (w, area)
859 struct window *w;
860 int area;
862 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
863 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
865 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
867 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FRINGE_COLS (f);
869 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
871 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
872 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
873 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
874 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
876 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
877 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
878 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
879 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
880 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
881 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
884 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
888 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
889 including mode lines of W, if any. */
891 INLINE int
892 window_box_height (w)
893 struct window *w;
895 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
896 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
898 xassert (height >= 0);
900 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
901 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
902 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
903 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
904 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
906 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
908 struct glyph_row *ml_row
909 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
910 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
911 : 0);
912 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
913 height -= ml_row->height;
914 else
915 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w));
918 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
920 struct glyph_row *hl_row
921 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
922 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
923 : 0);
924 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
925 height -= hl_row->height;
926 else
927 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
930 /* With a very small font and a mode-line that's taller than
931 default, we might end up with a negative height. */
932 return max (0, height);
936 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
937 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
938 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
940 INLINE int
941 window_box_left (w, area)
942 struct window *w;
943 int area;
945 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
946 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
948 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
950 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
951 + FRAME_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f));
953 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
954 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
955 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
956 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
957 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
960 return x;
964 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
965 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
966 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
968 INLINE int
969 window_box_right (w, area)
970 struct window *w;
971 int area;
973 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
977 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
978 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
979 whole window, not including the left and right fringes of
980 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
981 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
982 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
984 INLINE void
985 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
986 struct window *w;
987 int area;
988 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
990 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
992 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
993 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
994 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
995 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
996 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
997 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
998 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1002 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1003 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including the
1004 left and right fringe of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
1005 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
1006 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
1007 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
1008 box. */
1010 INLINE void
1011 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
1012 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
1013 struct window *w;
1014 int area;
1015 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
1017 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
1018 bottom_right_y);
1019 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
1020 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
1025 /***********************************************************************
1026 Utilities
1027 ***********************************************************************/
1029 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
1030 This can modify IT's settings. */
1033 line_bottom_y (it)
1034 struct it *it;
1036 int line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
1037 int line_top_y = it->current_y;
1039 if (line_height == 0)
1041 if (last_height)
1042 line_height = last_height;
1043 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
1045 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
1046 line_height = (it->max_ascent || it->max_descent
1047 ? it->max_ascent + it->max_descent
1048 : last_height);
1050 else
1052 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
1054 /* Use the default character height. */
1055 it->glyph_row = NULL;
1056 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
1057 it->c = ' ';
1058 it->len = 1;
1059 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
1060 line_height = it->ascent + it->descent;
1061 it->glyph_row = row;
1065 return line_top_y + line_height;
1069 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
1070 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
1071 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
1072 and header-lines heights. */
1075 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1076 struct window *w;
1077 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
1079 struct it it;
1080 struct text_pos top;
1081 int visible_p;
1082 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
1084 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
1086 old_buffer = current_buffer;
1087 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
1090 *fully = visible_p = 0;
1091 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
1093 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
1094 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1096 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1097 current_mode_line_height
1098 = display_mode_line (w, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w),
1099 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1101 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1102 current_header_line_height
1103 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1104 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1107 start_display (&it, w, top);
1108 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1109 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1111 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1112 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1114 int top_y = it.current_y;
1115 int bottom_y = line_bottom_y (&it);
1116 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1118 if (top_y < window_top_y)
1119 visible_p = bottom_y > window_top_y;
1120 else if (top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1122 visible_p = 1;
1123 *fully = bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1126 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1128 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1129 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1131 visible_p = 1;
1132 *fully = 0;
1136 if (old_buffer)
1137 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1139 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1140 return visible_p;
1144 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1145 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1146 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1147 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1148 character. */
1150 static INLINE int
1151 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1152 unsigned char *str;
1153 int maxlen, *len;
1155 int c;
1157 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1158 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1159 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1160 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1161 characters. */
1162 c = '?';
1164 return c;
1169 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1170 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1172 static struct text_pos
1173 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1174 struct text_pos pos;
1175 Lisp_Object string;
1176 int nchars;
1178 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1180 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1182 int rest = SBYTES (string) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1183 unsigned char *p = SDATA (string) + BYTEPOS (pos);
1184 int len;
1186 while (nchars--)
1188 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1189 p += len, rest -= len;
1190 xassert (rest >= 0);
1191 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1192 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1195 else
1196 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1198 return pos;
1202 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1203 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1205 static INLINE struct text_pos
1206 string_pos (charpos, string)
1207 int charpos;
1208 Lisp_Object string;
1210 struct text_pos pos;
1211 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1212 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1213 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1214 return pos;
1218 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1219 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1220 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1222 static struct text_pos
1223 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1224 int charpos;
1225 unsigned char *s;
1226 int multibyte_p;
1228 struct text_pos pos;
1230 xassert (s != NULL);
1231 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1233 if (multibyte_p)
1235 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1237 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1238 while (charpos--)
1240 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1241 s += len, rest -= len;
1242 xassert (rest >= 0);
1243 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1244 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1247 else
1248 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1250 return pos;
1254 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1255 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1257 static int
1258 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1259 unsigned char *s;
1260 int multibyte_p;
1262 int nchars;
1264 if (multibyte_p)
1266 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1267 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1269 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1271 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1272 rest -= len, p += len;
1275 else
1276 nchars = strlen (s);
1278 return nchars;
1282 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1283 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1284 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1286 static void
1287 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1288 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1289 Lisp_Object string;
1291 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1292 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1294 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1295 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1296 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1297 else
1298 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Lisp form evaluation
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1307 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1309 static Lisp_Object
1310 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1311 Lisp_Object arg;
1313 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1314 return Qnil;
1318 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1319 wrong. Prevent redisplay during the evaluation. */
1321 Lisp_Object
1322 safe_eval (sexpr)
1323 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1325 Lisp_Object val;
1327 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1328 val = Qnil;
1329 else
1331 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
1332 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1334 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1335 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1336 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
1337 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
1338 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qt,
1339 safe_eval_handler);
1340 UNGCPRO;
1341 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1344 return val;
1348 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1349 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. Prevent
1350 redisplay during the evaluation. */
1352 Lisp_Object
1353 safe_call (nargs, args)
1354 int nargs;
1355 Lisp_Object *args;
1357 Lisp_Object val;
1359 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1360 val = Qnil;
1361 else
1363 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
1364 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1366 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1367 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1368 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1369 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
1370 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
1371 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qt,
1372 safe_eval_handler);
1373 UNGCPRO;
1374 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1377 return val;
1381 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1382 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1384 Lisp_Object
1385 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1386 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1388 Lisp_Object args[2];
1389 args[0] = fn;
1390 args[1] = arg;
1391 return safe_call (2, args);
1396 /***********************************************************************
1397 Debugging
1398 ***********************************************************************/
1400 #if 0
1402 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1403 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1405 static void
1406 check_it (it)
1407 struct it *it;
1409 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1411 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1412 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1414 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1416 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1417 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1420 if (it->dpvec)
1421 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1422 else
1423 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1426 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1428 #else /* not 0 */
1430 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1432 #endif /* not 0 */
1435 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1437 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1438 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1440 static void
1441 check_window_end (w)
1442 struct window *w;
1444 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1445 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1447 struct glyph_row *row;
1448 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1449 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1450 !row->enabled_p
1451 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1452 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1456 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1458 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1460 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1462 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1466 /***********************************************************************
1467 Iterator initialization
1468 ***********************************************************************/
1470 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1471 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1472 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1473 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1474 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS < 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1476 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1477 will produce glyphs in that row.
1479 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1480 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1481 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying
1482 mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for displaying the tool-bar.
1484 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1485 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator
1486 will be initialized to use the corresponding mode line glyph row of
1487 the desired matrix of W. */
1489 void
1490 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1491 struct it *it;
1492 struct window *w;
1493 int charpos, bytepos;
1494 struct glyph_row *row;
1495 enum face_id base_face_id;
1497 int highlight_region_p;
1499 /* Some precondition checks. */
1500 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1501 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos >= BUF_BEG (current_buffer)
1502 && charpos <= ZV));
1504 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1505 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1506 that might have changed. */
1507 if (face_change_count)
1509 face_change_count = 0;
1510 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1513 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1514 appropriate. */
1515 if (row == NULL)
1517 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
1518 || base_face_id == MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID)
1519 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1520 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1521 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1524 /* Clear IT. */
1525 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1526 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1527 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1528 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1530 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1531 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1532 it->w = w;
1533 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1535 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1536 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1537 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1539 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1540 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1541 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1542 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1545 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1546 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1547 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1548 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1549 if (
1550 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1551 noninteractive &&
1552 #endif
1553 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1554 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1555 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1556 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1558 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1559 it->space_width = Qnil;
1560 it->font_height = Qnil;
1562 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1563 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1565 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1566 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1567 invisible. */
1568 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1569 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1570 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1571 ? -1 : 0));
1572 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1573 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1575 /* Display table to use. */
1576 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1578 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1579 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1581 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1582 highlight_region_p
1583 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1584 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1585 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1587 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1588 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1589 -1 to indicate no region. */
1590 if (highlight_region_p
1591 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1592 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1593 highlight_nonselected_windows
1594 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1595 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1596 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1597 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1598 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1599 && WINDOWP (minibuf_selected_window)
1600 && w == XWINDOW (minibuf_selected_window))))
1602 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1603 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1604 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1606 else
1607 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1609 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1610 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1611 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1612 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1613 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1614 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1615 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1616 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1618 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1619 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1620 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1621 it->tab_width = 8;
1623 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1624 it->truncate_lines_p
1625 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1626 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1627 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1628 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1629 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1631 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1632 displayed as fringe bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1633 frames. */
1634 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1636 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1638 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1639 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1640 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1641 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1643 else
1645 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1646 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1647 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1648 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1651 /* Reset these values to zero because the produce_special_glyphs
1652 above has changed them. */
1653 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1654 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1657 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1658 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1659 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1660 it->glyph_row = row;
1661 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1663 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1664 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1665 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1666 start of this total display area. */
1667 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1669 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1670 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1671 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1673 else
1675 it->first_visible_x
1676 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1677 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1678 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1680 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1681 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1682 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1683 for window-based redisplay. */
1684 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1686 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1687 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1688 else
1689 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1692 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1693 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1696 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1697 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1698 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1699 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1701 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1703 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1704 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1705 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1707 struct face *face;
1709 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1711 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1712 with a left box line. */
1713 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1714 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1715 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1718 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1719 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1720 if (charpos >= BUF_BEG (current_buffer))
1722 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1723 it->face_id = -1;
1724 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1726 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1727 if (bytepos < charpos)
1728 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1729 else
1730 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1732 /* Compute faces etc. */
1733 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1736 CHECK_IT (it);
1740 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1742 void
1743 start_display (it, w, pos)
1744 struct it *it;
1745 struct window *w;
1746 struct text_pos pos;
1748 struct glyph_row *row;
1749 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1751 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1752 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1754 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1756 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1757 int first_y = it->current_y;
1759 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1760 get the correct continuation lines width. */
1761 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1762 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1763 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1765 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1766 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1768 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle
1769 of a multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character
1770 displayed as \003, or in the middle of an overlay
1771 string). In this case move_it_to above will not have
1772 taken us to the start of the continuation line but to the
1773 end of the continued line. */
1774 if (it->current_x > 0)
1776 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1777 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1779 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1780 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1783 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1786 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1787 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1788 fields in the iterator structure. */
1789 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1790 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1792 it->current_y = first_y;
1793 it->vpos = 0;
1794 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1798 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1799 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1800 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1802 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1803 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1804 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1805 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1806 #endif /* 0 */
1810 /* Return 1 if POS is a position in ellipses displayed for invisible
1811 text. W is the window we display, for text property lookup. */
1813 static int
1814 in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w)
1815 struct display_pos *pos;
1816 struct window *w;
1818 Lisp_Object prop, window;
1819 int ellipses_p = 0;
1820 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos);
1822 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1823 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1824 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1825 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1826 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0
1827 && pos->overlay_string_index < 0
1828 && CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) < 0
1829 && charpos > BEGV
1830 && (XSETWINDOW (window, w),
1831 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos),
1832 Qinvisible, window),
1833 !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)))
1835 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), Qinvisible,
1836 window);
1837 ellipses_p = 2 == TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
1840 return ellipses_p;
1844 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1845 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1846 vector/ control character translation position information. Value
1847 is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at POS. */
1849 static int
1850 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1851 struct it *it;
1852 struct window *w;
1853 struct display_pos *pos;
1855 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos), bytepos = BYTEPOS (pos->pos);
1856 int i, overlay_strings_with_newlines = 0;
1858 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1859 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1860 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1861 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1862 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w))
1864 --charpos;
1865 bytepos = 0;
1868 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1869 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1870 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1871 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1872 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1873 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1874 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1875 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1876 after-string. */
1877 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1879 for (i = 0; i < it->n_overlay_strings; ++i)
1881 char *s = SDATA (it->overlay_strings[i]);
1882 char *e = s + SBYTES (it->overlay_strings[i]);
1884 while (s < e && *s != '\n')
1885 ++s;
1887 if (s < e)
1889 overlay_strings_with_newlines = 1;
1890 break;
1894 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to the right
1895 overlay string. */
1896 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1898 int relative_index;
1900 /* If the first overlay string happens to have a `display'
1901 property for an image, the iterator will be set up for that
1902 image, and we have to undo that setup first before we can
1903 correct the overlay string index. */
1904 if (it->method == next_element_from_image)
1905 pop_it (it);
1907 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1908 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1909 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1910 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1912 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1913 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1914 while (n--)
1916 load_overlay_strings (it, 0);
1917 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1921 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1922 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1923 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1924 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1925 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1926 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1927 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1930 #if 0 /* This is bogus because POS not having an overlay string
1931 position does not mean it's after the string. Example: A
1932 line starting with a before-string and initialization of IT
1933 to the previous row's end position. */
1934 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1936 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1937 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1938 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1939 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1940 while (it->sp)
1941 pop_it (it);
1942 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1943 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1944 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1945 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1947 #endif /* 0 */
1949 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1951 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1952 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1953 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1954 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1955 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1958 /* Restore position in display vector translations, control
1959 character translations or ellipses. */
1960 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1962 if (it->dpvec == NULL)
1963 get_next_display_element (it);
1964 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1965 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1968 CHECK_IT (it);
1969 return !overlay_strings_with_newlines;
1973 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1974 starting at ROW->start. */
1976 static void
1977 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1978 struct it *it;
1979 struct window *w;
1980 struct glyph_row *row;
1982 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1983 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1984 CHECK_IT (it);
1988 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1989 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end.
1990 Value is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at ROW's
1991 end position. */
1993 static int
1994 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1995 struct it *it;
1996 struct window *w;
1997 struct glyph_row *row;
1999 int success = 0;
2001 if (init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end))
2003 if (row->continued_p)
2004 it->continuation_lines_width
2005 = row->continuation_lines_width + row->pixel_width;
2006 CHECK_IT (it);
2007 success = 1;
2010 return success;
2016 /***********************************************************************
2017 Text properties
2018 ***********************************************************************/
2020 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
2021 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
2022 to stop. */
2024 static void
2025 handle_stop (it)
2026 struct it *it;
2028 enum prop_handled handled;
2029 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
2030 struct props *p;
2032 it->dpvec = NULL;
2033 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
2037 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2039 /* Call text property handlers. */
2040 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2042 handled = p->handler (it);
2044 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
2045 break;
2046 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
2047 return;
2048 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
2049 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
2052 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
2054 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
2055 characters from a display vector. */
2056 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
2057 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
2059 /* Handle overlay changes. */
2060 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
2061 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
2063 /* Determine where to stop next. */
2064 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
2065 compute_stop_pos (it);
2068 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
2072 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
2073 information for IT's current position. */
2075 static void
2076 compute_stop_pos (it)
2077 struct it *it;
2079 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
2080 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
2082 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
2083 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2085 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2087 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
2088 properties. */
2089 object = it->string;
2090 limit = Qnil;
2091 position = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2093 else
2095 int charpos;
2097 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
2098 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
2099 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
2100 follows. */
2101 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2102 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
2103 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
2105 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
2106 start or end because the face might change there. */
2107 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
2109 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
2110 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
2111 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
2112 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
2115 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
2116 property changes. */
2117 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
2118 limit = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
2119 position = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2123 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
2124 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
2125 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
2126 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
2128 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
2129 struct props *p;
2131 /* Get properties here. */
2132 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2133 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
2135 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
2136 properties. */
2137 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
2138 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
2139 && (NILP (limit)
2140 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
2141 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
2143 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2145 Lisp_Object new_value;
2147 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
2148 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
2149 break;
2152 if (p->handler)
2153 break;
2156 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
2158 if (INTEGERP (limit)
2159 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
2160 /* No text property change up to limit. */
2161 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
2162 else
2163 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
2164 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
2168 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
2169 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2170 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
2174 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
2175 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
2176 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2177 xmalloc. */
2179 static int
2180 next_overlay_change (pos)
2181 int pos;
2183 int noverlays;
2184 int endpos;
2185 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2186 int len;
2187 int i;
2189 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2190 len = 10;
2191 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2192 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2193 if (noverlays > len)
2195 len = noverlays;
2196 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2197 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2200 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2201 use its ending point instead. */
2202 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2204 Lisp_Object oend;
2205 int oendpos;
2207 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2208 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2209 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2212 return endpos;
2217 /***********************************************************************
2218 Fontification
2219 ***********************************************************************/
2221 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2222 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2223 regions of text. */
2225 static enum prop_handled
2226 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2227 struct it *it;
2229 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2230 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2232 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2233 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2234 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2235 Qfontification_functions. */
2236 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2237 && it->s == NULL
2238 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2239 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2240 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2241 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2242 NILP (prop)))
2244 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2245 Lisp_Object val;
2247 val = Vfontification_functions;
2248 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2250 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2251 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2252 else
2254 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2255 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2257 globals = Qnil;
2258 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2260 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2262 fn = XCAR (val);
2264 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2266 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2267 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2268 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2269 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2270 loop. */
2271 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2272 CONSP (globals);
2273 globals = XCDR (globals))
2275 fn = XCAR (globals);
2276 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2277 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2280 else
2281 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2284 UNGCPRO;
2287 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2289 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2290 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2291 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2292 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2293 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2296 return handled;
2301 /***********************************************************************
2302 Faces
2303 ***********************************************************************/
2305 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2306 Called from handle_stop. */
2308 static enum prop_handled
2309 handle_face_prop (it)
2310 struct it *it;
2312 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2314 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2316 new_face_id
2317 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2318 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2319 it->region_beg_charpos,
2320 it->region_end_charpos,
2321 &next_stop,
2322 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2323 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2326 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2327 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2328 iterator; face_id is -1 in this case. We know that the new
2329 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2330 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2331 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2332 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2334 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2336 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2337 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2338 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2339 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2340 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2341 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2342 it->start_of_box_run_p
2343 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2344 && (it->face_id >= 0
2345 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2346 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2347 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2350 else
2352 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2354 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2355 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2356 else
2357 bufpos = 0;
2359 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2360 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2361 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2362 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2363 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2364 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2366 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2367 it->string,
2368 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2369 bufpos,
2370 it->region_beg_charpos,
2371 it->region_end_charpos,
2372 &next_stop,
2373 base_face_id, 0);
2375 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2376 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2377 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2378 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2379 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2380 new_face_id = CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (it->w);
2381 #endif
2383 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2384 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2385 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2386 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2387 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2388 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2389 is really the end. */
2390 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2392 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2393 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2395 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2396 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2397 shadow on the left side. */
2398 it->start_of_box_run_p
2399 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2400 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2404 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2405 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2409 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2410 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2411 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2412 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2414 static int
2415 underlying_face_id (it)
2416 struct it *it;
2418 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2420 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2422 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2423 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2424 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2426 return face_id;
2430 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2431 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2432 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2434 static int
2435 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2436 struct it *it;
2437 int before_p;
2439 int face_id, limit;
2440 int next_check_charpos;
2441 struct text_pos pos;
2443 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2445 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2447 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2449 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2450 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2451 string start. */
2452 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string)
2453 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2454 return it->face_id;
2456 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2457 if (before_p)
2458 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2459 else
2460 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2461 composition. */
2462 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2463 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2464 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2466 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2467 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2468 else
2469 bufpos = 0;
2471 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2473 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2474 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2475 it->string,
2476 CHARPOS (pos),
2477 bufpos,
2478 it->region_beg_charpos,
2479 it->region_end_charpos,
2480 &next_check_charpos,
2481 base_face_id, 0);
2483 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2484 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2485 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2486 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2488 unsigned char *p = SDATA (it->string) + BYTEPOS (pos);
2489 int rest = SBYTES (it->string) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2490 int c, len;
2491 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2493 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2494 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2497 else
2499 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2500 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2501 return it->face_id;
2503 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2504 pos = it->current.pos;
2506 if (before_p)
2507 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2508 else
2510 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2511 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2512 composition. */
2513 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2514 else
2515 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2518 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2519 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2520 CHARPOS (pos),
2521 it->region_beg_charpos,
2522 it->region_end_charpos,
2523 &next_check_charpos,
2524 limit, 0);
2526 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2527 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2528 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2529 if (it->multibyte_p)
2531 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2532 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2533 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2537 return face_id;
2542 /***********************************************************************
2543 Invisible text
2544 ***********************************************************************/
2546 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2547 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2549 static enum prop_handled
2550 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2551 struct it *it;
2553 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2555 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2557 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2558 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2560 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2561 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2562 property. */
2563 charpos = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2564 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2566 if (!NILP (prop)
2567 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2569 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2571 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2572 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2573 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2574 all the rest of IT->string. */
2575 XSETINT (limit, SCHARS (it->string));
2576 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2577 it->string, limit);
2579 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2580 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2581 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2582 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2583 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2585 struct text_pos old;
2586 old = it->current.string_pos;
2587 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2588 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2590 else
2592 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2593 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2594 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2595 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2597 next_overlay_string (it);
2598 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2599 finished processing them. */
2600 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2602 else
2604 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = SCHARS (it->string);
2605 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = SBYTES (it->string);
2610 else
2612 int invis_p, newpos, next_stop, start_charpos;
2613 Lisp_Object pos, prop, overlay;
2615 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2616 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2617 pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2618 prop = get_char_property_and_overlay (pos, Qinvisible, it->window,
2619 &overlay);
2620 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2622 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2623 if (invis_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2625 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2626 invisible text. */
2627 int display_ellipsis_p = invis_p == 2;
2629 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2631 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2632 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2635 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2636 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2637 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2638 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2639 invisible property. */
2640 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2641 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2643 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2644 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2645 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2646 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2647 invis_p = 0;
2648 else
2650 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2651 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2652 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2653 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2654 get invis_p = 0, this means that the char at
2655 newpos is visible. */
2656 pos = make_number (newpos);
2657 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2658 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2661 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2662 skip starting with next_stop. */
2663 if (invis_p)
2664 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2666 while (invis_p);
2668 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2669 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2670 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2672 /* If there are before-strings at the start of invisible
2673 text, and the text is invisible because of a text
2674 property, arrange to show before-strings because 20.x did
2675 it that way. (If the text is invisible because of an
2676 overlay property instead of a text property, this is
2677 already handled in the overlay code.) */
2678 if (NILP (overlay)
2679 && get_overlay_strings (it, start_charpos))
2681 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2682 it->stack[it->sp - 1].display_ellipsis_p = display_ellipsis_p;
2684 else if (display_ellipsis_p)
2685 setup_for_ellipsis (it);
2689 return handled;
2693 /* Make iterator IT return `...' next. */
2695 static void
2696 setup_for_ellipsis (it)
2697 struct it *it;
2699 if (it->dp
2700 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2702 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2703 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2704 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2706 else
2708 /* Default `...'. */
2709 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2710 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2713 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of the
2714 character at the new position. Indicate this by setting
2715 IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2716 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2718 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2719 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2724 /***********************************************************************
2725 'display' property
2726 ***********************************************************************/
2728 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2729 Called from handle_stop. */
2731 static enum prop_handled
2732 handle_display_prop (it)
2733 struct it *it;
2735 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2736 struct text_pos *position;
2737 int display_replaced_p = 0;
2739 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2741 object = it->string;
2742 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2744 else
2746 object = it->w->buffer;
2747 position = &it->current.pos;
2750 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2751 it->font_height = Qnil;
2752 it->space_width = Qnil;
2753 it->voffset = 0;
2755 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2756 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2757 `display' property etc. */
2758 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2759 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2761 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2762 Qdisplay, object);
2763 if (NILP (prop))
2764 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2766 if (CONSP (prop)
2767 /* Simple properties. */
2768 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage)
2769 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace)
2770 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen)
2771 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2772 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2773 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2774 /* Marginal area specifications. */
2775 && !(CONSP (XCAR (prop)) && EQ (XCAR (XCAR (prop)), Qmargin))
2776 && !NILP (XCAR (prop)))
2778 for (; CONSP (prop); prop = XCDR (prop))
2780 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object,
2781 position, display_replaced_p))
2782 display_replaced_p = 1;
2785 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2787 int i;
2788 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
2789 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, AREF (prop, i), object,
2790 position, display_replaced_p))
2791 display_replaced_p = 1;
2793 else
2795 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position, 0))
2796 display_replaced_p = 1;
2799 return display_replaced_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2803 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2804 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2806 static struct text_pos
2807 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2808 struct it *it;
2809 Lisp_Object object;
2810 struct text_pos start_pos;
2812 Lisp_Object end;
2813 struct text_pos end_pos;
2815 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2816 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2817 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2818 if (STRINGP (object))
2819 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2820 else
2821 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2823 return end_pos;
2827 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2828 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2829 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
2830 means that we previously saw a display sub-property which already
2831 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
2832 ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
2834 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2835 end position of the `display' property.
2837 Value is non-zero if something was found which replaces the display
2838 of buffer or string text. */
2840 static int
2841 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position,
2842 display_replaced_before_p)
2843 struct it *it;
2844 Lisp_Object prop;
2845 Lisp_Object object;
2846 struct text_pos *position;
2847 int display_replaced_before_p;
2849 Lisp_Object value;
2850 int replaces_text_display_p = 0;
2851 Lisp_Object form;
2853 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2854 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2855 form = Qt;
2856 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2858 prop = XCDR (prop);
2859 if (!CONSP (prop))
2860 return 0;
2861 form = XCAR (prop);
2862 prop = XCDR (prop);
2865 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2867 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2868 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2870 /* Bind `object' to the object having the `display' property, a
2871 buffer or string. Bind `position' to the position in the
2872 object where the property was found, and `buffer-position'
2873 to the current position in the buffer. */
2874 specbind (Qobject, object);
2875 specbind (Qposition, make_number (CHARPOS (*position)));
2876 specbind (Qbuffer_position,
2877 make_number (STRINGP (object)
2878 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it) : CHARPOS (*position)));
2879 GCPRO1 (form);
2880 form = safe_eval (form);
2881 UNGCPRO;
2882 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2885 if (NILP (form))
2886 return 0;
2888 if (CONSP (prop)
2889 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2890 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2892 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2893 return 0;
2895 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2896 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2897 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2899 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2900 int new_height = -1;
2902 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2903 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2904 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2905 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2906 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2908 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2909 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2910 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2911 steps = - steps;
2912 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2914 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2916 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2917 Value is the new height. */
2918 Lisp_Object height;
2919 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2920 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2921 if (NUMBERP (height))
2922 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2924 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2926 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2927 struct face *face;
2929 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2930 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2931 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2933 else
2935 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2936 current specified height to get the new height. */
2937 Lisp_Object value;
2938 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2940 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2941 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2942 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2944 if (NUMBERP (value))
2945 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2948 if (new_height > 0)
2949 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2952 else if (CONSP (prop)
2953 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2954 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2956 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2957 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2958 return 0;
2960 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2961 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2962 it->space_width = value;
2964 else if (CONSP (prop)
2965 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2966 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2968 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2969 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2970 return 0;
2972 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2973 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2974 if (NUMBERP (value))
2976 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2977 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2978 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2980 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2982 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2984 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2985 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2986 Lisp_Object location, value;
2987 struct text_pos start_pos;
2988 int valid_p;
2990 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2991 we have to find the end of the property. */
2992 start_pos = *position;
2993 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2994 value = Qnil;
2996 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2997 text properties change there. */
2998 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
3000 location = Qunbound;
3001 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
3003 Lisp_Object tem;
3005 value = XCDR (prop);
3006 if (CONSP (value))
3007 value = XCAR (value);
3009 tem = XCAR (prop);
3010 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
3011 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
3012 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
3013 (NILP (tem)
3014 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
3015 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
3016 location = tem;
3019 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
3021 location = Qnil;
3022 value = prop;
3025 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3026 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
3027 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
3028 else
3029 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
3030 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
3031 || valid_image_p (value));
3032 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3033 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
3034 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3036 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
3037 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
3038 || NILP (location))
3039 && valid_p
3040 && !display_replaced_before_p)
3042 replaces_text_display_p = 1;
3044 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
3045 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
3046 push_it (it);
3048 if (NILP (location))
3049 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
3050 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
3051 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
3052 else
3053 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
3055 if (STRINGP (value))
3057 it->string = value;
3058 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3059 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3060 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3061 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = SCHARS (it->string);
3062 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3063 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3064 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
3065 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3066 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3067 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3068 *position = start_pos;
3070 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
3072 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
3073 it->object = value;
3074 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
3076 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3077 else
3079 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3080 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
3081 it->position = start_pos;
3082 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
3083 it->method = next_element_from_image;
3085 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3086 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3087 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3088 *position = start_pos;
3090 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3092 else
3093 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
3094 the position to what it was before. */
3095 *position = start_pos;
3098 return replaces_text_display_p;
3102 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
3103 treated as intangible. */
3105 static int
3106 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3107 Lisp_Object prop;
3109 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3110 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3112 prop = XCDR (prop);
3113 if (!CONSP (prop))
3114 return 0;
3115 prop = XCDR (prop);
3118 if (!CONSP (prop))
3119 return 0;
3121 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
3122 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
3123 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3125 prop = XCDR (prop);
3126 if (!CONSP (prop))
3127 return 0;
3129 prop = XCDR (prop);
3130 if (!CONSP (prop)
3131 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
3132 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
3133 return 0;
3136 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
3140 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
3141 treated as intangible. */
3144 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3145 Lisp_Object prop;
3147 if (CONSP (prop)
3148 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3149 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3151 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3152 while (CONSP (prop))
3154 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
3155 return 1;
3156 prop = XCDR (prop);
3159 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3161 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3162 int i;
3163 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3164 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (AREF (prop, i)))
3165 return 1;
3167 else
3168 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
3170 return 0;
3174 /* Return 1 if PROP is a display sub-property value containing STRING. */
3176 static int
3177 single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3178 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3180 if (EQ (string, prop))
3181 return 1;
3183 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3184 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3186 prop = XCDR (prop);
3187 if (!CONSP (prop))
3188 return 0;
3189 prop = XCDR (prop);
3192 if (CONSP (prop))
3193 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. */
3194 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3196 prop = XCDR (prop);
3197 if (!CONSP (prop))
3198 return 0;
3200 prop = XCDR (prop);
3201 if (!CONSP (prop))
3202 return 0;
3205 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), string);
3209 /* Return 1 if STRING appears in the `display' property PROP. */
3211 static int
3212 display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3213 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3215 if (CONSP (prop)
3216 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3217 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3219 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3220 while (CONSP (prop))
3222 if (single_display_prop_string_p (XCAR (prop), string))
3223 return 1;
3224 prop = XCDR (prop);
3227 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3229 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3230 int i;
3231 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3232 if (single_display_prop_string_p (AREF (prop, i), string))
3233 return 1;
3235 else
3236 return single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string);
3238 return 0;
3242 /* Determine from which buffer position in W's buffer STRING comes
3243 from. AROUND_CHARPOS is an approximate position where it could
3244 be from. Value is the buffer position or 0 if it couldn't be
3245 determined.
3247 W's buffer must be current.
3249 This function is necessary because we don't record buffer positions
3250 in glyphs generated from strings (to keep struct glyph small).
3251 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
3252 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
3255 string_buffer_position (w, string, around_charpos)
3256 struct window *w;
3257 Lisp_Object string;
3258 int around_charpos;
3260 Lisp_Object limit, prop, pos;
3261 const int MAX_DISTANCE = 1000;
3262 int found = 0;
3264 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3265 limit = make_number (min (XINT (pos) + MAX_DISTANCE, ZV));
3266 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3268 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3269 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3270 found = 1;
3271 else
3272 pos = Fnext_single_char_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil, limit);
3275 if (!found)
3277 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3278 limit = make_number (max (XINT (pos) - MAX_DISTANCE, BEGV));
3279 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3281 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3282 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3283 found = 1;
3284 else
3285 pos = Fprevious_single_char_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil,
3286 limit);
3290 return found ? XINT (pos) : 0;
3295 /***********************************************************************
3296 `composition' property
3297 ***********************************************************************/
3299 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
3300 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3302 static enum prop_handled
3303 handle_composition_prop (it)
3304 struct it *it;
3306 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3307 int pos, pos_byte, end;
3308 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3310 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3312 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3313 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3314 string = it->string;
3316 else
3318 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3319 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3320 string = Qnil;
3323 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3324 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3325 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3326 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3327 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3328 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3330 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3332 if (id >= 0)
3334 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3335 it->cmp_id = id;
3336 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3337 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3338 components. */
3339 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3340 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3341 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3342 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3343 it->stop_charpos = end;
3344 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3348 return handled;
3353 /***********************************************************************
3354 Overlay strings
3355 ***********************************************************************/
3357 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3358 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3360 struct overlay_entry
3362 Lisp_Object overlay;
3363 Lisp_Object string;
3364 int priority;
3365 int after_string_p;
3369 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3370 Called from handle_stop. */
3372 static enum prop_handled
3373 handle_overlay_change (it)
3374 struct it *it;
3376 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it, 0))
3377 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3378 else
3379 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3383 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3384 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3385 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3386 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3387 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3388 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3390 static void
3391 next_overlay_string (it)
3392 struct it *it;
3394 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3395 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3397 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3398 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3399 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3400 int display_ellipsis_p = it->stack[it->sp - 1].display_ellipsis_p;
3402 pop_it (it);
3403 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3404 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3405 it->string = Qnil;
3406 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3407 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3408 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3409 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3411 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3412 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3413 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3414 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3415 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3417 /* If we have to display `...' for invisible text, set
3418 the iterator up for that. */
3419 if (display_ellipsis_p)
3420 setup_for_ellipsis (it);
3422 else
3424 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3425 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3426 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3427 it. */
3428 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3430 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3431 load_overlay_strings (it, 0);
3433 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3434 string. */
3435 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3436 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3437 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3438 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3439 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3442 CHECK_IT (it);
3446 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3447 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3448 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3450 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3451 when they come from the same overlay.
3453 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3454 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3456 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3457 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3459 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3462 static int
3463 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3464 void *e1, *e2;
3466 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3467 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3468 int result;
3470 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3472 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3473 they come from different overlays. */
3474 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3475 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3476 else
3477 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3479 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3480 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3481 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3482 else
3483 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3484 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3486 return result;
3490 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3491 current buffer position, or from CHARPOS if that is > 0. Set
3492 IT->n_overlays to the total number of overlay strings found.
3494 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3495 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3496 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3497 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3498 function.
3500 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3501 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3502 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3503 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3504 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3505 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3506 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3507 in this case.
3509 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3510 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3511 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3512 compare_overlay_entries. */
3514 static void
3515 load_overlay_strings (it, charpos)
3516 struct it *it;
3517 int charpos;
3519 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3520 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3521 int start, end;
3522 int size = 20;
3523 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3524 struct overlay_entry *entries
3525 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3527 if (charpos <= 0)
3528 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3530 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3531 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3532 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3533 OVERLAY. */
3534 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3535 do \
3537 Lisp_Object priority; \
3539 if (n == size) \
3541 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3542 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3543 entries = \
3544 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3545 * sizeof *entries); \
3546 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3547 size = new_size; \
3550 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3551 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3552 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3553 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3554 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3555 ++n; \
3557 while (0)
3559 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3560 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3562 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3563 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3564 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3565 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3567 if (end < charpos)
3568 break;
3570 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3571 position. */
3572 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3573 continue;
3575 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3576 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3577 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3578 continue;
3580 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3581 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3582 end position are indistinguishable. */
3583 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3584 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3586 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3587 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3588 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3589 && SCHARS (str))
3590 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3592 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3593 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3594 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3595 && SCHARS (str))
3596 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3599 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3600 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3602 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3603 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3604 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3605 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3607 if (start > charpos)
3608 break;
3610 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3611 position. */
3612 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3613 continue;
3615 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3616 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3617 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3618 continue;
3620 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3621 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3622 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3623 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3625 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3626 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3627 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3628 && SCHARS (str))
3629 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3631 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3632 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3633 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3634 && SCHARS (str))
3635 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3638 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3640 /* Sort entries. */
3641 if (n > 1)
3642 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3644 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3645 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3647 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3648 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3649 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3650 i = 0;
3651 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3652 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3653 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3655 CHECK_IT (it);
3659 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3660 position, or at CHARPOS if that is > 0. Value is non-zero if at
3661 least one overlay string was found. */
3663 static int
3664 get_overlay_strings (it, charpos)
3665 struct it *it;
3666 int charpos;
3668 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3669 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3670 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3671 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3672 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3673 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3674 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3675 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3676 load_overlay_strings (it, charpos);
3678 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3679 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3680 from current_buffer. */
3681 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3683 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3684 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3685 strings. */
3686 compute_stop_pos (it);
3687 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3689 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3690 strings have been processed. */
3691 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3692 push_it (it);
3694 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3695 string. */
3696 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3697 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3698 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3699 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3700 it->end_charpos = SCHARS (it->string);
3701 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3702 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3704 else
3706 it->string = Qnil;
3707 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3708 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3711 CHECK_IT (it);
3713 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3714 return STRINGP (it->string);
3719 /***********************************************************************
3720 Saving and restoring state
3721 ***********************************************************************/
3723 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3724 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3725 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3726 processed. */
3728 static void
3729 push_it (it)
3730 struct it *it;
3732 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3734 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3735 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3737 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3738 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3739 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3740 p->string = it->string;
3741 p->pos = it->current;
3742 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3743 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3744 p->area = it->area;
3745 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3746 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3747 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3748 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3749 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3750 p->display_ellipsis_p = 0;
3751 ++it->sp;
3755 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3756 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3757 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3758 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3759 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3761 static void
3762 pop_it (it)
3763 struct it *it;
3765 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3767 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3768 --it->sp;
3769 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3770 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3771 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3772 it->string = p->string;
3773 it->current = p->pos;
3774 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3775 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3776 it->area = p->area;
3777 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3778 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3779 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3780 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3781 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3786 /***********************************************************************
3787 Moving over lines
3788 ***********************************************************************/
3790 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3792 static void
3793 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3794 struct it *it;
3796 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3797 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3801 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3803 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3804 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3805 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3806 of *SKIPPED_P.
3808 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3809 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3810 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3812 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3813 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3814 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3815 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3816 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3817 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3819 static int
3820 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3821 struct it *it;
3822 int *skipped_p;
3824 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3825 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3827 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3828 skipping over invisible text below. */
3829 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER
3830 && it->c == '\n'
3831 && CHARPOS (it->position) == IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3833 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3834 it->c = 0;
3835 return 1;
3838 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3839 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3840 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3841 calls this function. */
3842 old_selective = it->selective;
3843 it->selective = 0;
3845 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3846 from buffer text. */
3847 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3848 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3849 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3851 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3852 break;
3853 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3854 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3857 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3858 short-cut. */
3859 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3861 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3862 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3863 Lisp_Object pos;
3865 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3867 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3868 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3869 buffer text. */
3870 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3871 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3872 Qdisplay,
3873 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3874 NILP (pos))
3875 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3877 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3878 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3879 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3881 else
3883 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3884 && !newline_found_p)
3886 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3887 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3892 it->selective = old_selective;
3893 return newline_found_p;
3897 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3898 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3899 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3900 IT->hpos. */
3902 static void
3903 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3904 struct it *it;
3906 int visible_p = 0;
3908 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3909 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3910 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3912 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3913 or text properties. */
3914 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3915 && !visible_p)
3917 visible_p = 1;
3919 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3920 are invisible. */
3921 if (it->selective > 0
3922 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3923 (double) it->selective)) /* iftc */
3924 visible_p = 0;
3925 else
3927 Lisp_Object prop;
3929 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3930 Qinvisible, it->window);
3931 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3932 visible_p = 0;
3935 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3936 if (!visible_p)
3937 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3940 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3941 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3942 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3943 CHECK_IT (it);
3947 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3948 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3949 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3950 face information etc. */
3952 static void
3953 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3954 struct it *it;
3956 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3957 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3958 CHECK_IT (it);
3962 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3963 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3964 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3965 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3966 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3967 is invisible because of text properties. */
3969 static void
3970 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3971 struct it *it;
3972 int on_newline_p;
3974 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3976 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3978 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3979 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3980 if (it->selective > 0)
3981 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3982 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3983 (double) it->selective)) /* iftc */
3985 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3986 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3989 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3990 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3992 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3994 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3996 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3997 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4000 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4002 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4003 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4004 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
4007 else if (skipped_p)
4008 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
4010 CHECK_IT (it);
4015 /***********************************************************************
4016 Changing an iterator's position
4017 ***********************************************************************/
4019 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
4020 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
4021 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
4022 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
4024 static void
4025 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
4026 struct it *it;
4027 struct text_pos pos;
4028 int force_p;
4030 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4032 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
4034 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
4035 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
4036 if (force_p
4037 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
4038 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
4039 handle_stop (it);
4041 CHECK_IT (it);
4045 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
4046 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
4048 static void
4049 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
4050 struct it *it;
4051 struct text_pos pos;
4052 int set_stop_p;
4054 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
4055 xassert (it->s == NULL);
4057 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
4058 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
4060 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
4061 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
4062 it->end_charpos = ZV;
4063 it->dpvec = NULL;
4064 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4065 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
4066 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
4067 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
4068 it->string = Qnil;
4069 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4070 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
4071 it->sp = 0;
4072 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
4074 if (set_stop_p)
4075 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
4079 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
4080 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
4081 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
4083 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
4084 characters from the string.
4086 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4087 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
4088 field width.
4090 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
4091 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
4092 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
4094 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
4095 calling this function. */
4097 static void
4098 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
4099 struct it *it;
4100 unsigned char *s;
4101 Lisp_Object string;
4102 int charpos;
4103 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
4105 /* No region in strings. */
4106 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
4108 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
4109 it->stop_charpos = -1;
4111 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
4112 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
4113 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
4114 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4115 xassert (charpos >= 0);
4117 /* If STRING is specified, use its multibyteness, otherwise use the
4118 setting of MULTIBYTE, if specified. */
4119 if (multibyte >= 0)
4120 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
4122 if (s == NULL)
4124 xassert (STRINGP (string));
4125 it->string = string;
4126 it->s = NULL;
4127 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = SCHARS (string);
4128 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4129 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
4131 else
4133 it->s = s;
4134 it->string = Qnil;
4136 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
4137 for displaying C strings. */
4138 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
4139 if (it->multibyte_p)
4141 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
4142 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
4144 else
4146 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
4147 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
4150 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4153 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
4154 from the string. */
4155 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
4156 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
4158 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4159 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
4160 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
4161 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
4162 if (field_width < 0)
4163 field_width = INFINITY;
4164 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
4165 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
4167 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
4168 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
4169 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
4171 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
4172 CHECK_IT (it);
4177 /***********************************************************************
4178 Iteration
4179 ***********************************************************************/
4181 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4182 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
4183 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
4186 get_next_display_element (it)
4187 struct it *it;
4189 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
4190 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
4191 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
4192 using a sequence of if-statements. */
4193 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
4195 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
4197 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
4198 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
4199 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
4200 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
4201 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
4202 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
4203 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
4204 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
4205 it? */
4206 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
4208 Lisp_Object dv;
4210 if (it->dp
4211 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
4212 VECTORP (dv)))
4214 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
4216 /* Return the first character from the display table
4217 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
4218 current character. */
4219 if (v->size)
4221 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4222 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4223 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4224 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4225 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4226 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4228 else
4230 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
4231 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4235 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
4236 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
4237 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
4238 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
4239 don't believe that it is worth doing.
4241 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
4242 octal form. */
4243 else if ((it->c < ' '
4244 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
4245 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
4246 || (it->c >= 127
4247 && it->len == 1)
4248 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
4250 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
4251 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
4252 can be defined in the display table. Fill
4253 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
4254 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
4255 GLYPH g;
4257 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
4259 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
4260 if (it->dp
4261 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
4262 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4263 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
4264 else
4265 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
4266 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
4268 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
4269 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
4271 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
4272 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4273 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4274 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
4275 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4276 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4277 get_next_display_element (it);
4279 else
4281 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
4282 int len;
4283 int i;
4284 GLYPH escape_glyph;
4286 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
4287 if (it->dp
4288 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
4289 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4290 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
4291 else
4292 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
4294 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
4295 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
4296 else
4298 len = CHAR_STRING_NO_SIGNAL (it->c, str);
4299 if (len < 0)
4301 /* It's an invalid character, which
4302 shouldn't happen actually, but due to
4303 bugs it may happen. Let's print the char
4304 as is, there's not much meaningful we can
4305 do with it. */
4306 str[0] = it->c;
4307 str[1] = it->c >> 8;
4308 str[2] = it->c >> 16;
4309 str[3] = it->c >> 24;
4310 len = 4;
4314 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4316 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
4317 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
4318 the octal display of the character. */
4319 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
4320 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
4321 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
4322 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
4323 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
4324 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
4327 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
4328 from it. */
4329 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4330 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4331 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
4332 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4333 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4334 get_next_display_element (it);
4339 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
4340 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
4341 if (it->multibyte_p
4342 && success_p
4343 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4345 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
4346 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
4350 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
4351 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
4352 if (it->face_box_p
4353 && it->s == NULL)
4355 int face_id;
4356 struct face *face;
4358 it->end_of_box_run_p
4359 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4360 face_id != it->face_id)
4361 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4362 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4365 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4366 return success_p;
4370 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4372 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4373 skip to the next visible line start.
4375 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4376 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4377 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4378 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4379 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4380 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4381 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4382 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4383 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4385 void
4386 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4387 struct it *it;
4388 int reseat_p;
4390 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4391 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4392 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4393 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4395 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4397 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4398 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4399 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4400 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4401 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4402 else
4404 xassert (it->len != 0);
4405 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4406 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4407 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4410 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4412 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4413 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4415 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4416 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4417 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4418 goto consider_string_end;
4420 else
4422 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4423 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4424 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4427 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4429 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4430 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4431 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4433 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4435 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4436 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4437 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4438 strings. */
4439 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4441 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4442 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4443 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4445 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4447 if (it->s)
4448 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4449 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4450 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4451 else
4452 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4454 it->dpvec = NULL;
4455 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4457 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4458 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4459 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4460 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4462 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4463 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4467 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4469 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4470 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4471 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4472 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4474 consider_string_end:
4476 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4478 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4479 next, if there is one. */
4480 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string))
4481 next_overlay_string (it);
4483 else
4485 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4486 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4487 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4488 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4489 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == SCHARS (it->string)
4490 && it->sp > 0)
4492 pop_it (it);
4493 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4494 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4495 else
4496 goto consider_string_end;
4500 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4501 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4503 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4504 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4505 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4506 pop_it (it);
4507 it->image_id = 0;
4508 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4510 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4511 goto consider_string_end;
4513 else
4514 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4516 else
4517 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4518 abort ();
4520 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4521 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4522 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4526 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4527 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4528 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4529 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4531 static int
4532 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4533 struct it *it;
4535 /* Precondition. */
4536 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4538 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4539 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4540 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4542 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4543 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4545 int lface_id;
4546 GLYPH g;
4548 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4549 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4550 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4552 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4553 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4554 zero means no face is specified. */
4555 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4556 if (lface_id)
4558 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4559 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4560 if (face_id >= 0)
4561 it->face_id = face_id;
4564 else
4565 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4566 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4568 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4569 still the values of the character that had this display table
4570 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4571 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4572 return 1;
4576 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4577 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4578 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4579 overlay string. */
4581 static int
4582 next_element_from_string (it)
4583 struct it *it;
4585 struct text_pos position;
4587 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4588 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4589 position = it->current.string_pos;
4591 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4592 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4593 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4595 handle_stop (it);
4597 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4598 recurse here. */
4599 return get_next_display_element (it);
4602 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4604 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4605 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4606 do. */
4607 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string))
4609 it->what = IT_EOB;
4610 return 0;
4612 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4614 int remaining = SBYTES (it->string) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4615 unsigned char *s = SDATA (it->string) + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4616 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4618 else
4620 it->c = SREF (it->string, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4621 it->len = 1;
4624 else
4626 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4627 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4628 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4629 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4630 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4632 it->what = IT_EOB;
4633 return 0;
4635 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4637 /* Pad with spaces. */
4638 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4639 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4641 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4643 int maxlen = SBYTES (it->string) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4644 unsigned char *s = SDATA (it->string) + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4645 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4647 else
4649 it->c = SREF (it->string, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4650 it->len = 1;
4654 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4655 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4656 string position. */
4657 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4658 it->object = it->string;
4659 it->position = position;
4660 return 1;
4664 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4665 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4666 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4667 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4668 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4669 reached, including padding spaces. */
4671 static int
4672 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4673 struct it *it;
4675 int success_p = 1;
4677 xassert (it->s);
4678 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4679 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4680 it->object = Qnil;
4682 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4683 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4684 initialized. */
4685 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4687 /* End of the game. */
4688 it->what = IT_EOB;
4689 success_p = 0;
4691 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4693 /* Pad with spaces. */
4694 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4695 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4697 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4699 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4700 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4701 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4702 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4703 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4704 maxlen, &it->len);
4706 else
4707 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4709 return success_p;
4713 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4714 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4715 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4716 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4718 static int
4719 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4720 struct it *it;
4722 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4724 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4726 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4727 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4728 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4729 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4730 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4731 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4732 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4733 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4735 else
4737 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4738 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4739 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4740 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4741 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4742 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4745 else
4747 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4748 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4749 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4750 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4751 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4752 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4753 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4754 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4757 return get_next_display_element (it);
4761 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4762 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4763 is always 1. */
4766 static int
4767 next_element_from_image (it)
4768 struct it *it;
4770 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4771 return 1;
4775 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4776 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4777 always 1. */
4779 static int
4780 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4781 struct it *it;
4783 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4784 return 1;
4788 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4789 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4790 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4791 end. */
4793 static int
4794 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4795 struct it *it;
4797 int success_p = 1;
4799 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4800 if-statement, below. */
4801 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4802 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4804 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4806 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4808 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4810 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4811 haven't been returned yet. */
4812 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4813 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4814 else
4816 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4817 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it, 0);
4820 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4821 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4822 else
4824 it->what = IT_EOB;
4825 it->position = it->current.pos;
4826 success_p = 0;
4829 else
4831 handle_stop (it);
4832 return get_next_display_element (it);
4835 else
4837 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4838 character from current_buffer. */
4839 unsigned char *p;
4841 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4842 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4843 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4844 && it->glyph_row
4845 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4846 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4848 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4849 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4850 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4852 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4853 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4854 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4856 else
4857 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4859 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4860 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4861 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4862 it->position = it->current.pos;
4864 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4865 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4866 if (it->selective)
4868 if (it->c == '\n')
4870 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4871 than that number of columns. */
4872 if (it->selective > 0
4873 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4874 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4875 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4876 (double) it->selective)) /* iftc */
4878 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4879 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4882 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4884 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4885 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4886 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4887 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4888 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4893 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4894 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4895 return success_p;
4899 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4901 static void
4902 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4903 struct it *it;
4905 Lisp_Object args[3];
4907 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4908 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4909 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4911 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4912 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4913 args[1] = it->window;
4914 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4915 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4917 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4918 them again, even if they get an error. */
4919 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4920 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4922 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4923 handle_face_prop (it);
4927 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4928 filled with composition information (done in
4929 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4931 static int
4932 next_element_from_composition (it)
4933 struct it *it;
4935 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4936 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4937 ? it->current.string_pos
4938 : it->current.pos);
4939 return 1;
4944 /***********************************************************************
4945 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4946 ***********************************************************************/
4948 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4949 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4951 OP should be a bit mask including some or all of these bits:
4952 MOVE_TO_X: Stop on reaching x-position TO_X.
4953 MOVE_TO_POS: Stop on reaching buffer or string position TO_CHARPOS.
4954 Regardless of OP's value, stop in reaching the end of the display line.
4956 TO_X is normally a value 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x.
4957 This means, in particular, that TO_X includes window's horizontal
4958 scroll amount.
4960 The return value has several possible values that
4961 say what condition caused the scan to stop:
4963 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4964 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4966 MOVE_X_REACHED
4967 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4969 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4970 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4971 be continued.
4973 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4974 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4975 truncated.
4977 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4978 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4979 display is on. */
4981 static enum move_it_result
4982 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4983 struct it *it;
4984 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4986 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4987 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4989 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4990 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4991 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4993 while (1)
4995 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4997 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4998 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4999 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
5000 && BUFFERP (it->object)
5001 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
5003 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
5004 break;
5007 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
5008 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
5009 x-position before this display element in case it does not
5010 fit on the line. */
5011 x = it->current_x;
5013 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
5014 fit on the line. */
5015 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
5017 ascent = it->max_ascent;
5018 descent = it->max_descent;
5021 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
5023 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
5025 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5026 continue;
5029 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
5030 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
5031 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
5032 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
5033 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
5034 composite character.
5036 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
5037 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
5038 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
5039 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
5040 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
5041 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
5042 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
5043 next line.
5045 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
5046 the same width. */
5047 if (it->nglyphs)
5049 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
5050 glyphs have the same width. */
5051 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
5052 int new_x;
5054 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
5056 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
5058 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
5059 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
5061 it->current_x = x;
5062 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5063 break;
5065 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
5066 !it->truncate_lines_p
5067 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
5068 new_x > it->last_visible_x
5069 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
5070 system frame. */
5071 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
5072 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
5074 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
5075 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
5076 it->hpos == 0
5077 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
5078 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
5080 ++it->hpos;
5081 it->current_x = new_x;
5082 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
5083 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5085 else
5087 it->current_x = x;
5088 it->max_ascent = ascent;
5089 it->max_descent = descent;
5092 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
5093 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5094 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
5095 break;
5097 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
5099 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
5100 would be displayed. */
5101 ++it->hpos;
5103 else
5105 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
5106 area. Nothing to do. */
5110 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
5111 break;
5113 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
5115 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
5116 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
5117 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
5118 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
5119 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
5120 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5121 break;
5124 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
5125 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
5127 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
5128 break;
5131 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
5132 to the next. */
5133 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5135 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
5136 past the right edge of the window now. */
5137 if (it->truncate_lines_p
5138 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
5140 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
5141 break;
5145 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
5146 function. */
5147 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
5148 return result;
5152 /* Move IT forward until it satisfies one or more of the criteria in
5153 TO_CHARPOS, TO_X, TO_Y, and TO_VPOS.
5155 OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop, and in particular,
5156 which of those four position arguments makes a difference. See the
5157 description of enum move_operation_enum.
5159 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
5160 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
5161 TO_CHARPOS. */
5163 void
5164 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
5165 struct it *it;
5166 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
5167 int op;
5169 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5170 int line_height;
5171 int reached = 0;
5173 for (;;)
5175 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
5177 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
5178 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
5179 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
5181 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5183 reached = 1;
5184 break;
5186 else
5187 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
5189 else
5191 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
5192 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
5193 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5195 reached = 2;
5196 break;
5199 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
5201 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
5203 reached = 3;
5204 break;
5206 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
5208 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
5209 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5210 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5211 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5213 reached = 4;
5214 break;
5219 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
5221 struct it it_backup;
5223 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
5224 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
5225 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
5226 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
5227 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
5228 TO_X.
5230 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
5231 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
5232 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
5233 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
5234 to happen. */
5235 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5236 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
5237 ? to_x : 0),
5238 (MOVE_TO_X
5239 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
5241 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
5242 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5244 reached = 5;
5245 break;
5248 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
5249 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
5250 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
5251 the line. */
5252 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5254 it_backup = *it;
5255 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5256 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
5257 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
5258 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5261 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
5262 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5263 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
5265 if (to_y >= it->current_y
5266 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
5268 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5269 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
5270 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
5271 to the ones before skipping. */
5272 *it = it_backup;
5273 reached = 6;
5275 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5277 skip = skip2;
5278 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5279 reached = 7;
5282 if (reached)
5283 break;
5285 else
5286 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5288 switch (skip)
5290 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
5291 reached = 8;
5292 goto out;
5294 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
5295 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5296 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5297 break;
5299 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
5300 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5301 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
5302 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
5303 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
5305 reached = 9;
5306 goto out;
5308 break;
5310 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
5311 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
5312 break;
5314 default:
5315 abort ();
5318 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
5319 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
5320 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5321 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5322 ++it->vpos;
5323 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5324 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
5325 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
5328 out:
5330 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
5334 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
5336 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
5337 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
5338 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
5339 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
5340 set to the top of the line moved to. */
5342 void
5343 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
5344 struct it *it;
5345 int dy;
5347 int nlines, h;
5348 struct it it2, it3;
5349 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5351 xassert (dy >= 0);
5353 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
5354 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
5356 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
5357 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5358 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5360 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5361 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5362 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5363 use reseat_1 here. */
5364 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5366 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5367 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5369 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5370 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5371 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5372 y-distance. */
5373 it2 = *it;
5374 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5375 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5376 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5377 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5378 it3 = it2;
5380 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5381 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5382 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5383 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5385 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5386 it->vpos -= nlines;
5387 it->current_y -= h;
5389 if (dy == 0)
5391 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5392 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5393 if (nlines > 0)
5394 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5395 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5397 else if (nlines)
5399 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5400 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5401 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5402 int y0 = it3.current_y;
5403 int y1 = line_bottom_y (&it3);
5404 int line_height = y1 - y0;
5406 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5407 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5408 if (target_y < it->current_y
5409 /* This is heuristic. In a window that's 3 lines high, with
5410 a line height of 13 pixels each, recentering with point
5411 on the bottom line will try to move -39/2 = 19 pixels
5412 backward. Try to avoid moving into the first line. */
5413 && it->current_y - target_y > line_height / 3 * 2
5414 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5416 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, " not far enough -> move_vert %d\n",
5417 target_y - it->current_y));
5418 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5419 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5421 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5422 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5424 /* Should move forward by at least one line, maybe more.
5426 Note: Calling move_it_by_lines can be expensive on
5427 terminal frames, where compute_motion is used (via
5428 vmotion) to do the job, when there are very long lines
5429 and truncate-lines is nil. That's the reason for
5430 treating terminal frames specially here. */
5432 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5433 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5434 else
5438 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
5440 while (target_y >= line_bottom_y (it) && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV);
5443 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5449 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5450 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5451 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5453 void
5454 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5455 struct it *it;
5456 int dy;
5458 if (dy <= 0)
5459 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5460 else if (dy > 0)
5462 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5463 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5464 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5465 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5467 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5468 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5469 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5470 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5471 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5476 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5478 void
5479 move_it_past_eol (it)
5480 struct it *it;
5482 enum move_it_result rc;
5484 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5485 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5486 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5490 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5492 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5493 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5494 property lookup. */
5496 static int
5497 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5498 struct it *it;
5499 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5501 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5502 int invisible_found_p;
5504 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5506 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5507 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5508 it->window);
5509 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5510 invisible_found_p = 1;
5511 else
5513 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5514 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5515 make_number (end_charpos));
5516 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5519 return invisible_found_p;
5522 #endif /* 0 */
5525 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5526 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5527 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5528 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5530 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5531 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5532 truncate-lines nil. */
5534 void
5535 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5536 struct it *it;
5537 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5539 struct position pos;
5541 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5543 struct text_pos textpos;
5545 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5546 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5547 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5548 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5549 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5550 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5552 else if (dvpos == 0)
5554 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5555 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5556 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5558 else if (dvpos > 0)
5559 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5560 else
5562 struct it it2;
5563 int start_charpos, i;
5565 /* Start at the beginning of the screen line containing IT's
5566 position. */
5567 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5569 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5570 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5571 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5572 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5573 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5574 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5576 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5577 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5578 it2 = *it;
5579 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5580 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5581 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5582 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5583 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5585 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5586 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5588 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5589 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5596 /***********************************************************************
5597 Messages
5598 ***********************************************************************/
5601 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5602 to *Messages*. */
5604 void
5605 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5606 char *format;
5607 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5609 Lisp_Object args[3];
5610 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5611 char *buffer;
5612 int len;
5613 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5615 /* Do nothing if called asynchronously. Inserting text into
5616 a buffer may call after-change-functions and alike and
5617 that would means running Lisp asynchronously. */
5618 if (handling_signal)
5619 return;
5621 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5622 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5624 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5625 args[1] = arg1;
5626 args[2] = arg2;
5627 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5629 len = SBYTES (msg) + 1;
5630 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5631 bcopy (SDATA (msg), buffer, len);
5633 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5634 UNGCPRO;
5638 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5640 void
5641 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5643 if (message_log_need_newline)
5644 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5648 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5649 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5650 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5651 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5652 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5654 void
5655 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5656 char *m;
5657 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5659 if (!NILP (Vmemory_full))
5660 return;
5662 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5664 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5665 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5666 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5667 int point_at_end = 0;
5668 int zv_at_end = 0;
5669 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5670 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5672 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5673 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5674 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5675 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5677 oldpoint = message_dolog_marker1;
5678 set_marker_restricted (oldpoint, make_number (PT), Qnil);
5679 oldbegv = message_dolog_marker2;
5680 set_marker_restricted (oldbegv, make_number (BEGV), Qnil);
5681 oldzv = message_dolog_marker3;
5682 set_marker_restricted (oldzv, make_number (ZV), Qnil);
5683 GCPRO1 (old_deactivate_mark);
5685 if (PT == Z)
5686 point_at_end = 1;
5687 if (ZV == Z)
5688 zv_at_end = 1;
5690 BEGV = BEG;
5691 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5692 ZV = Z;
5693 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5694 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5696 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5697 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5698 if (multibyte
5699 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5701 int i, c, char_bytes;
5702 unsigned char work[1];
5704 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5705 for the *Message* buffer. */
5706 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += nbytes)
5708 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5709 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5711 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5712 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5715 else if (! multibyte
5716 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5718 int i, c, char_bytes;
5719 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5720 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5721 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5722 for the *Message* buffer. */
5723 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5725 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5726 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5727 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5730 else if (nbytes)
5731 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5733 if (nlflag)
5735 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5736 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5738 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5739 this_bol = PT;
5740 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5742 /* See if this line duplicates the previous one.
5743 If so, combine duplicates. */
5744 if (this_bol > BEG)
5746 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5747 prev_bol = PT;
5748 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5750 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5751 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5752 if (dup)
5754 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5755 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5756 if (dup > 1)
5758 char dupstr[40];
5759 int duplen;
5761 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5762 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5763 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5764 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5765 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5766 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5771 /* If we have more than the desired maximum number of lines
5772 in the *Messages* buffer now, delete the oldest ones.
5773 This is safe because we don't have undo in this buffer. */
5775 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5777 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5778 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5779 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5782 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5783 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5785 if (zv_at_end)
5787 ZV = Z;
5788 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5790 else
5792 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5793 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5796 if (point_at_end)
5797 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5798 else
5799 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5800 Lisp code. */
5801 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5802 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5804 UNGCPRO;
5805 unchain_marker (oldpoint);
5806 unchain_marker (oldbegv);
5807 unchain_marker (oldzv);
5809 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5810 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5811 if (NILP (tem))
5812 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5813 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5814 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5819 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5820 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5821 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5822 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5823 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5825 static int
5826 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5827 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5828 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5830 int i;
5831 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5832 int seen_dots = 0;
5833 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5834 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5836 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5838 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5839 seen_dots = 1;
5840 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5841 return seen_dots;
5843 p1 += len;
5844 if (*p1 == '\n')
5845 return 2;
5846 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5848 int n = 0;
5849 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5850 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5851 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5852 return n+1;
5854 return 0;
5858 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5859 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5860 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5861 through.
5863 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5864 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5865 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5866 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5868 void
5869 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5870 char *m;
5871 int nbytes;
5872 int multibyte;
5874 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5875 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5876 if (m)
5877 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5878 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5882 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5884 void
5885 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5886 char *m;
5887 int nbytes;
5889 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5890 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5892 if (noninteractive)
5894 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5895 putc ('\n', stderr);
5896 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5897 if (m)
5898 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5899 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5900 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5901 fflush (stderr);
5903 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5904 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5905 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5906 else if (INTERACTIVE
5907 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5908 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5910 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5911 struct frame *f;
5913 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5914 that the selected frame is using. */
5915 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5916 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5918 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5919 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5920 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5921 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5923 if (m)
5925 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5926 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5927 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5929 else
5930 clear_message (1, 1);
5932 do_pending_window_change (0);
5933 echo_area_display (1);
5934 do_pending_window_change (0);
5935 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5936 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5941 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5942 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5943 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5944 text show through. */
5946 void
5947 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5948 Lisp_Object m;
5949 int nbytes;
5950 int multibyte;
5952 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5954 GCPRO1 (m);
5956 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5957 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5958 if (STRINGP (m))
5959 message_dolog (SDATA (m), nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5960 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5962 UNGCPRO;
5966 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5968 void
5969 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5970 Lisp_Object m;
5971 int nbytes, multibyte;
5973 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5974 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5976 if (noninteractive)
5978 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5979 putc ('\n', stderr);
5980 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5981 if (STRINGP (m))
5982 fwrite (SDATA (m), nbytes, 1, stderr);
5983 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5984 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5985 fflush (stderr);
5987 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5988 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5989 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5990 else if (INTERACTIVE
5991 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5992 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5994 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5995 Lisp_Object frame;
5996 struct frame *f;
5998 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5999 that the selected frame is using. */
6000 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6001 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
6002 f = XFRAME (frame);
6004 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
6005 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
6006 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
6007 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
6009 if (STRINGP (m) && SCHARS (m) > 0)
6011 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
6012 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6013 Fraise_frame (frame);
6015 else
6016 clear_message (1, 1);
6018 do_pending_window_change (0);
6019 echo_area_display (1);
6020 do_pending_window_change (0);
6021 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
6022 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
6027 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
6028 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
6030 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
6031 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
6032 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
6033 that was alloca'd. */
6035 void
6036 message1 (m)
6037 char *m;
6039 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
6043 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
6045 void
6046 message1_nolog (m)
6047 char *m;
6049 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
6052 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
6053 which gets replaced with STRING. */
6055 void
6056 message_with_string (m, string, log)
6057 char *m;
6058 Lisp_Object string;
6059 int log;
6061 CHECK_STRING (string);
6063 if (noninteractive)
6065 if (m)
6067 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
6068 putc ('\n', stderr);
6069 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
6070 fprintf (stderr, m, SDATA (string));
6071 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
6072 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
6073 fflush (stderr);
6076 else if (INTERACTIVE)
6078 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
6079 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
6080 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
6081 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6082 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6084 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
6085 that the selected frame is using. */
6086 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6087 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6089 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6090 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6091 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6092 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
6094 Lisp_Object args[2], message;
6095 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6097 args[0] = build_string (m);
6098 args[1] = message = string;
6099 GCPRO2 (args[0], message);
6100 gcpro1.nvars = 2;
6102 message = Fformat (2, args);
6104 if (log)
6105 message3 (message, SBYTES (message), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message));
6106 else
6107 message3_nolog (message, SBYTES (message), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message));
6109 UNGCPRO;
6111 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
6112 buffer next time. */
6113 message_buf_print = 0;
6119 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
6120 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
6122 /* VARARGS 1 */
6123 void
6124 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
6125 char *m;
6126 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
6128 if (noninteractive)
6130 if (m)
6132 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
6133 putc ('\n', stderr);
6134 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
6135 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
6136 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
6137 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
6138 fflush (stderr);
6141 else if (INTERACTIVE)
6143 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
6144 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
6145 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
6146 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6147 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6149 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
6150 that the selected frame is using. */
6151 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6152 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6154 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6155 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6156 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
6157 it. */
6158 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
6160 if (m)
6162 int len;
6163 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
6164 char *a[3];
6165 a[0] = (char *) a1;
6166 a[1] = (char *) a2;
6167 a[2] = (char *) a3;
6169 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6170 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
6171 #else
6172 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6173 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
6174 (char **) &a1);
6175 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
6177 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
6179 else
6180 message1 (0);
6182 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
6183 buffer next time. */
6184 message_buf_print = 0;
6190 /* The non-logging version of message. */
6192 void
6193 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
6194 char *m;
6195 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
6197 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
6198 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
6199 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
6200 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
6201 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
6205 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
6206 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
6207 critical. */
6209 void
6210 update_echo_area ()
6212 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6214 Lisp_Object string;
6215 string = Fcurrent_message ();
6216 message3 (string, SBYTES (string),
6217 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
6222 /* Make sure echo area buffers in `echo_buffers' are live.
6223 If they aren't, make new ones. */
6225 static void
6226 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
6228 int i;
6230 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6231 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
6232 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
6234 char name[30];
6235 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
6236 int j;
6238 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
6239 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
6240 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
6241 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6243 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
6244 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
6245 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
6250 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
6251 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
6253 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
6254 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
6255 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6257 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
6258 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6260 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
6261 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
6262 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
6264 Value is what FN returns. */
6266 static int
6267 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
6268 struct window *w;
6269 int which;
6270 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
6271 EMACS_INT a1;
6272 Lisp_Object a2;
6273 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6275 Lisp_Object buffer;
6276 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
6277 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6279 /* If buffers aren't live, make new ones. */
6280 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6282 clear_buffer_p = 0;
6284 if (which == 0)
6285 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6286 else if (which > 0)
6287 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
6288 else
6290 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6291 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6293 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
6294 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
6295 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
6296 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
6297 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
6300 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
6301 have one. */
6302 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
6304 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
6305 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
6306 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
6307 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
6308 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6311 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
6313 /* Don't get confused by reusing the buffer used for echoing
6314 for a different purpose. */
6315 if (echo_kboard == NULL && EQ (buffer, echo_message_buffer))
6316 cancel_echoing ();
6318 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
6319 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
6321 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
6322 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
6323 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
6324 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
6325 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
6326 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
6327 aborts. */
6328 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
6329 if (w)
6331 w->buffer = buffer;
6332 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6335 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
6336 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
6337 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6338 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
6340 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
6341 del_range (BEG, Z);
6343 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6344 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6346 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
6348 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6349 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6351 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6352 return rc;
6356 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
6357 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
6359 static Lisp_Object
6360 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
6361 struct window *w;
6363 int i = 0;
6364 Lisp_Object vector;
6366 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
6367 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
6368 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
6369 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
6371 if (NILP (vector))
6372 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
6374 XSETBUFFER (AREF (vector, i), current_buffer); ++i;
6375 AREF (vector, i) = Vdeactivate_mark, ++i;
6376 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed), ++i;
6378 if (w)
6380 XSETWINDOW (AREF (vector, i), w); ++i;
6381 AREF (vector, i) = w->buffer; ++i;
6382 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos); ++i;
6383 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos); ++i;
6385 else
6387 int end = i + 4;
6388 for (; i < end; ++i)
6389 AREF (vector, i) = Qnil;
6392 xassert (i == ASIZE (vector));
6393 return vector;
6397 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
6398 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
6400 static Lisp_Object
6401 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
6402 Lisp_Object vector;
6404 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
6405 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
6406 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
6408 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
6410 struct window *w;
6411 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
6413 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
6414 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
6415 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
6416 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
6418 w->buffer = buffer;
6419 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6420 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6423 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6424 return Qnil;
6428 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6429 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6431 void
6432 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6433 int multibyte_p;
6435 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6437 if (!message_buf_print)
6439 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6440 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6441 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6442 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6443 else
6444 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6446 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6447 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6448 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6450 if (Z > BEG)
6452 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6453 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6454 /* Note that undo recording is always disabled. */
6455 del_range (BEG, Z);
6456 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6458 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6460 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6461 if (multibyte_p
6462 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6463 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6465 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6466 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6468 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6469 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6470 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6471 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6474 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6475 message_buf_print = 1;
6477 else
6479 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6481 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6482 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6483 else
6484 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6487 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6489 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6490 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6491 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6497 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6498 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6499 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6500 display the current message. */
6502 static int
6503 display_echo_area (w)
6504 struct window *w;
6506 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6508 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6509 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6510 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6511 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6512 redisplay. */
6513 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6515 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6516 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6517 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6518 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6519 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6520 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6522 window_height_changed_p
6523 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6524 display_echo_area_1,
6525 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6527 if (no_message_p)
6528 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6530 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6531 return window_height_changed_p;
6535 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6536 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6537 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6538 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6539 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6541 static int
6542 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6543 EMACS_INT a1;
6544 Lisp_Object a2;
6545 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6547 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6548 Lisp_Object window;
6549 struct text_pos start;
6550 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6552 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6553 matrix for the display. */
6554 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6556 /* Display. */
6557 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6558 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6559 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6560 try_window (window, start);
6562 return window_height_changed_p;
6566 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6567 currently displayed message, if there is one. If a mini-buffer
6568 is active, don't shrink it. */
6570 void
6571 resize_echo_area_exactly ()
6573 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6574 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6576 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6577 int resized_p;
6578 Lisp_Object resize_exactly;
6580 if (minibuf_level == 0)
6581 resize_exactly = Qt;
6582 else
6583 resize_exactly = Qnil;
6585 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6586 (EMACS_INT) w, resize_exactly, 0, 0);
6587 if (resized_p)
6589 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6590 ++update_mode_lines;
6591 redisplay_internal (0);
6597 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6598 resize_echo_area_exactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6599 resize, EXACTLY non-nil means resize the mini-window exactly to the
6600 size of the text displayed. A3 and A4 are not used. Value is what
6601 resize_mini_window returns. */
6603 static int
6604 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, exactly, a3, a4)
6605 EMACS_INT a1;
6606 Lisp_Object exactly;
6607 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6609 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, !NILP (exactly));
6613 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6614 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6615 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6616 the window height has been changed. */
6619 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6620 struct window *w;
6621 int exact_p;
6623 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6624 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6626 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6628 /* Don't resize windows while redisplaying a window; it would
6629 confuse redisplay functions when the size of the window they are
6630 displaying changes from under them. Such a resizing can happen,
6631 for instance, when which-func prints a long message while
6632 we are running fontification-functions. We're running these
6633 functions with safe_call which binds inhibit-redisplay to t. */
6634 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay))
6635 return 0;
6637 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6638 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6639 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6640 return 0;
6642 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6644 struct it it;
6645 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6646 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6647 int height, max_height;
6648 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6649 struct text_pos start;
6650 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6652 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6654 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6655 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6658 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6660 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6661 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6662 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * FRAME_HEIGHT (f);
6663 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6664 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6665 else
6666 max_height = total_height / 4;
6668 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6669 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6670 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6672 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6673 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6674 height = 1;
6675 else
6677 last_height = 0;
6678 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6679 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6680 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6681 else
6682 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6683 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6684 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6687 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6688 if (height > max_height)
6690 height = max_height;
6691 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6692 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6693 start = it.current.pos;
6695 else
6696 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6697 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6699 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6701 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6702 case the window shrinks again. */
6703 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6705 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6706 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6707 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6708 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6710 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6711 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6713 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6714 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6715 shrink_mini_window (w);
6716 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6719 else
6721 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6722 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6724 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6725 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6726 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6727 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6729 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6731 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6732 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6733 shrink_mini_window (w);
6735 if (height)
6737 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6738 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6741 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6745 if (old_current_buffer)
6746 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6749 return window_height_changed_p;
6753 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6754 current message. */
6756 Lisp_Object
6757 current_message ()
6759 Lisp_Object msg;
6761 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6762 msg = Qnil;
6763 else
6765 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6766 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6767 if (NILP (msg))
6768 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6771 return msg;
6775 static int
6776 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6777 EMACS_INT a1;
6778 Lisp_Object a2;
6779 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6781 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6783 if (Z > BEG)
6784 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6785 else
6786 *msg = Qnil;
6787 return 0;
6791 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6792 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6793 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6794 worth optimizing. */
6797 push_message ()
6799 Lisp_Object msg;
6800 msg = current_message ();
6801 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6802 return STRINGP (msg);
6806 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6808 Lisp_Object
6809 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6810 Lisp_Object dummy;
6812 pop_message ();
6813 return Qnil;
6817 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6819 void
6820 restore_message ()
6822 Lisp_Object msg;
6824 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6825 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6826 if (STRINGP (msg))
6827 message3_nolog (msg, SBYTES (msg), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6828 else
6829 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6833 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6835 void
6836 pop_message ()
6838 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6839 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6843 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6844 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6845 somewhere. */
6847 void
6848 check_message_stack ()
6850 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6851 abort ();
6855 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6856 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6858 void
6859 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6860 int nchars;
6862 if (nchars == 0)
6863 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6864 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6865 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6866 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6867 else if (!noninteractive
6868 && INTERACTIVE
6869 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6871 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6872 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6873 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6878 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6879 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6881 static int
6882 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6883 EMACS_INT nchars;
6884 Lisp_Object a2;
6885 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6887 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6888 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6889 if (Z == BEG)
6890 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6891 return 0;
6895 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6897 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6898 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6899 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6901 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6902 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6903 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6905 void
6906 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6907 char *s;
6908 Lisp_Object string;
6909 int nbytes;
6911 message_enable_multibyte
6912 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6913 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6915 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6916 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6917 message_buf_print = 0;
6918 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6922 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6923 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6924 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6925 current. */
6927 static int
6928 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6929 EMACS_INT a1;
6930 Lisp_Object a2;
6931 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6933 char *s = (char *) a1;
6934 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6936 xassert (BEG == Z);
6938 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6939 if (message_enable_multibyte
6940 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6941 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6943 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6945 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6946 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6948 if (STRINGP (string))
6950 int nchars;
6952 if (nbytes == 0)
6953 nbytes = SBYTES (string);
6954 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6956 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6957 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6958 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6959 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6961 else if (s)
6963 if (nbytes == 0)
6964 nbytes = strlen (s);
6966 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6968 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6969 int i, c, n;
6970 unsigned char work[1];
6972 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6973 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6975 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6976 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6978 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6979 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6982 else if (!multibyte_p
6983 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6985 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6986 int i, c, n;
6987 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6988 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6990 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6991 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6993 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6994 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6995 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6998 else
6999 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
7002 return 0;
7006 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
7007 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
7008 last displayed. */
7010 void
7011 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
7012 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
7014 if (current_p)
7016 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
7017 message_cleared_p = 1;
7020 if (last_displayed_p)
7021 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
7023 message_buf_print = 0;
7026 /* Clear garbaged frames.
7028 This function is used where the old redisplay called
7029 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
7030 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
7031 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
7032 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
7033 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
7035 static void
7036 clear_garbaged_frames ()
7038 if (frame_garbaged)
7040 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7041 int changed_count = 0;
7043 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7045 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7047 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
7049 if (f->resized_p)
7050 Fredraw_frame (frame);
7051 clear_current_matrices (f);
7052 changed_count++;
7053 f->garbaged = 0;
7054 f->resized_p = 0;
7058 frame_garbaged = 0;
7059 if (changed_count)
7060 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7065 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
7066 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
7067 mini-windows height has been changed. */
7069 static int
7070 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
7071 int update_frame_p;
7073 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7074 struct window *w;
7075 struct frame *f;
7076 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
7077 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7079 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
7080 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
7081 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7083 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
7084 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7085 return 0;
7087 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
7088 #ifndef MAC_OS8
7089 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7090 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
7091 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
7092 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
7093 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
7094 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
7095 return 0;
7096 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7097 #endif
7099 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
7100 if (frame_garbaged)
7101 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7103 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
7105 echo_area_window = mini_window;
7106 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
7107 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7109 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
7110 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
7111 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
7112 here could cause confusion. */
7113 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
7115 int n = 0;
7117 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
7118 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
7119 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
7120 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
7121 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
7122 if (!display_completed)
7123 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
7125 if (window_height_changed_p
7126 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
7127 needs to run hooks. */
7128 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks))
7130 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
7131 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
7132 pending input. */
7133 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7134 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
7135 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7136 redisplay_internal (0);
7137 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7139 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
7141 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
7142 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
7143 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
7144 update_single_window (w, 1);
7145 rif->flush_display (f);
7147 else
7148 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
7150 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
7151 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
7152 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
7153 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
7154 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7157 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
7158 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7160 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
7161 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
7163 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
7164 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
7165 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
7166 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
7167 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7169 return window_height_changed_p;
7174 /***********************************************************************
7175 Frame Titles
7176 ***********************************************************************/
7179 /* The frame title buffering code is also used by Fformat_mode_line.
7180 So it is not conditioned by HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM. */
7182 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
7183 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
7185 static char *frame_title_buf;
7187 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
7189 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
7190 static char *frame_title_ptr;
7193 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
7194 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
7196 static void
7197 store_frame_title_char (c)
7198 char c;
7200 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
7201 double the buffer's size. */
7202 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
7204 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7205 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
7206 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
7207 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
7208 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
7211 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
7215 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
7216 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
7217 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
7218 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
7219 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
7220 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
7221 frame title. */
7223 static int
7224 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
7225 unsigned char *str;
7226 int field_width, precision;
7228 int n = 0;
7229 int dummy, nbytes;
7231 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
7232 nbytes = strlen (str);
7233 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
7234 while (nbytes--)
7235 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
7237 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
7238 while (field_width > 0
7239 && n < field_width)
7241 store_frame_title_char (' ');
7242 ++n;
7245 return n;
7248 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7250 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
7251 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
7252 frame_title_format. */
7254 static void
7255 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
7256 Lisp_Object frame;
7258 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7260 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7261 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
7262 || f->explicit_name)
7264 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
7265 Lisp_Object tail;
7266 Lisp_Object fmt;
7267 struct buffer *obuf;
7268 int len;
7269 struct it it;
7271 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7273 Lisp_Object other_frame = XCAR (tail);
7274 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (other_frame);
7276 if (tf != f
7277 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
7278 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
7279 && !EQ (other_frame, tip_frame)
7280 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
7281 break;
7284 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
7285 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
7287 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
7288 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
7289 then display the title. */
7290 obuf = current_buffer;
7291 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer));
7292 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
7293 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
7294 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
7295 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7296 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt, Qnil, 0);
7297 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7298 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
7299 set_buffer_internal_1 (obuf);
7301 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
7302 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
7303 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
7304 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
7305 higher level than this.) */
7306 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
7307 || SBYTES (f->name) != len
7308 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, SDATA (f->name), len) != 0)
7309 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
7313 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7318 /***********************************************************************
7319 Menu Bars
7320 ***********************************************************************/
7323 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
7324 appropriate. This can call eval. */
7326 void
7327 prepare_menu_bars ()
7329 int all_windows;
7330 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
7331 struct frame *f;
7332 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
7334 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7335 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
7336 #else
7337 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
7338 #endif
7340 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
7341 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
7342 up-to-date frame titles. */
7343 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7344 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
7346 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7348 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7350 f = XFRAME (frame);
7351 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
7352 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
7353 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
7356 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7358 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
7359 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
7360 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
7361 || buffer_shared > 1
7362 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
7363 if (all_windows)
7365 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7366 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7368 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7370 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7372 f = XFRAME (frame);
7374 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
7375 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
7376 continue;
7378 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
7379 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
7380 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
7382 Lisp_Object functions;
7384 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
7385 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
7386 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
7387 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
7389 while (CONSP (functions))
7391 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
7392 functions = XCDR (functions);
7394 UNGCPRO;
7397 GCPRO1 (tail);
7398 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
7399 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7400 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
7401 #endif
7402 UNGCPRO;
7405 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7407 else
7409 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7410 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
7411 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7412 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
7413 #endif
7416 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
7417 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
7418 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7419 pending_menu_activation = 0;
7420 #endif
7424 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7425 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
7426 eval.
7428 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
7430 static void
7431 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
7432 struct frame *f;
7433 int save_match_data;
7435 Lisp_Object window;
7436 register struct window *w;
7438 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
7439 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
7440 redisplay. */
7441 if (inhibit_menubar_update)
7442 return;
7444 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7445 w = XWINDOW (window);
7447 #if 0 /* The if statement below this if statement used to include the
7448 condition !NILP (w->update_mode_line), rather than using
7449 update_mode_lines directly, and this if statement may have
7450 been added to make that condition work. Now the if
7451 statement below matches its comment, this isn't needed. */
7452 if (update_mode_lines)
7453 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7454 #endif
7456 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7458 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
7459 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
7460 #else
7461 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
7462 #endif
7463 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7465 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7466 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7467 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7468 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7469 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7470 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7471 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7472 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7473 /* This used to test w->update_mode_line, but we believe
7474 there is no need to recompute the menu in that case. */
7475 || update_mode_lines
7476 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7477 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7478 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7479 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7480 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7481 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7483 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7484 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7486 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update, Qt);
7488 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7489 if (save_match_data)
7490 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7491 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7493 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7494 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7497 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7498 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7500 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7501 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7502 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7503 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7505 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7506 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7508 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7509 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
7510 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7511 #if defined (MAC_OS)
7512 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7513 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7514 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7515 #endif
7517 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7518 else
7519 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7520 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7521 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7522 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7523 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7524 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7525 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7526 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7528 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7529 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7536 /***********************************************************************
7537 Tool-bars
7538 ***********************************************************************/
7540 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7542 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7543 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7544 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7545 and restore it here. */
7547 static void
7548 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7549 struct frame *f;
7550 int save_match_data;
7552 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7553 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7555 Lisp_Object window;
7556 struct window *w;
7558 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7559 w = XWINDOW (window);
7561 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7562 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7563 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7564 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7565 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7566 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7567 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7568 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7569 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7570 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7571 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7572 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7573 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7574 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7575 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7577 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7578 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7580 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7581 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7582 keymaps. */
7583 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7585 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7586 if (save_match_data)
7587 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7589 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7590 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7592 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7593 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7596 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7597 f->tool_bar_items
7598 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7600 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7601 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7603 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7604 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7610 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7611 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7612 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7614 static void
7615 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7616 struct frame *f;
7618 int i, size, size_needed;
7619 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7620 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7622 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7623 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7625 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7626 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7628 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7629 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7630 ? SCHARS (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7631 : 0);
7633 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7634 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7636 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7637 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7638 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7639 make_number (' '));
7640 else
7642 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7643 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7644 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7647 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7648 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7649 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7650 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7652 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7654 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7655 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7656 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7657 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7659 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7660 button state. */
7661 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7662 if (VECTORP (image))
7664 if (enabled_p)
7665 idx = (selected_p
7666 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7667 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7668 else
7669 idx = (selected_p
7670 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7671 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7673 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7674 image = AREF (image, idx);
7676 else
7677 idx = -1;
7679 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7680 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7681 continue;
7683 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7684 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7686 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7687 relief = (tool_bar_button_relief >= 0
7688 ? tool_bar_button_relief
7689 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF);
7690 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7692 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7693 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7695 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7696 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7698 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7700 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7701 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7702 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7704 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7705 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7706 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7709 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7711 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7712 selected. */
7713 if (selected_p)
7715 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7716 hmargin -= relief;
7717 vmargin -= relief;
7720 else
7722 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7723 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7724 raised relief. */
7725 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7726 (selected_p
7727 ? make_number (-relief)
7728 : make_number (relief)));
7729 hmargin -= relief;
7730 vmargin -= relief;
7733 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7734 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7736 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7737 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7738 else
7739 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7740 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7741 make_number (vmargin)));
7744 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7745 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7746 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7747 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7748 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7750 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7751 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7752 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7753 vector. */
7754 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7755 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7756 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7758 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7759 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7760 previous string. */
7761 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7762 end = SCHARS (f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7763 else
7764 end = i + 1;
7765 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7766 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7767 #undef PROP
7770 UNGCPRO;
7774 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7776 static void
7777 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7778 struct it *it;
7780 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7781 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7782 struct glyph *last;
7784 prepare_desired_row (row);
7785 row->y = it->current_y;
7787 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7788 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7789 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7791 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7793 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7795 /* Get the next display element. */
7796 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7797 break;
7799 /* Produce glyphs. */
7800 x_before = it->current_x;
7801 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7802 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7804 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7805 i = 0;
7806 x = x_before;
7807 while (i < nglyphs)
7809 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7811 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7813 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7814 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7815 it->current_x = x;
7816 goto out;
7819 ++it->hpos;
7820 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7821 ++i;
7824 /* Stop at line ends. */
7825 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7826 break;
7828 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7831 out:;
7833 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7834 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7835 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7836 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7837 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7838 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7839 compute_line_metrics (it);
7841 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7842 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7844 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7845 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7848 row->full_width_p = 1;
7849 row->continued_p = 0;
7850 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7851 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7853 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7854 it->current_y += row->height;
7855 ++it->vpos;
7856 ++it->glyph_row;
7860 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7861 items of frame F visible. */
7863 static int
7864 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7865 struct frame *f;
7867 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7868 struct it it;
7870 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7871 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7872 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7873 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7874 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7875 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7877 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7879 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7880 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7881 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7884 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7888 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7889 0, 1, 0,
7890 doc: /* Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME. */)
7891 (frame)
7892 Lisp_Object frame;
7894 struct frame *f;
7895 struct window *w;
7896 int nlines = 0;
7898 if (NILP (frame))
7899 frame = selected_frame;
7900 else
7901 CHECK_FRAME (frame);
7902 f = XFRAME (frame);
7904 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7905 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7906 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7908 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7909 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7911 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7912 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7916 return make_number (nlines);
7920 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7921 height should be changed. */
7923 static int
7924 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7925 struct frame *f;
7927 struct window *w;
7928 struct it it;
7929 struct glyph_row *row;
7930 int change_height_p = 0;
7932 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7933 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7934 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7935 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7936 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7937 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7938 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7939 return 0;
7941 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7942 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7943 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7944 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7945 row = it.glyph_row;
7947 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7948 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7949 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7951 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7952 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7953 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7955 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7956 window, so don't do it. */
7957 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7958 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7960 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7962 int nlines;
7964 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7965 height. */
7966 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7967 change_height_p = 1;
7969 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7970 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7971 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7972 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7973 if (!row->displays_text_p
7974 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7975 change_height_p = 1;
7977 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7978 change the tool-bar's height. */
7979 if (row->displays_text_p
7980 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7981 change_height_p = 1;
7983 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7984 frame parameter. */
7985 if (change_height_p
7986 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7987 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7989 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7990 Lisp_Object frame;
7991 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7993 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7994 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7995 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7996 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7997 make_number (nlines)),
7998 Qnil));
7999 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
8000 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8004 return change_height_p;
8008 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
8009 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
8010 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
8011 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
8014 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
8015 struct frame *f;
8016 struct glyph *glyph;
8017 int *prop_idx;
8019 Lisp_Object prop;
8020 int success_p;
8021 int charpos;
8023 /* This function can be called asynchronously, which means we must
8024 exclude any possibility that Fget_text_property signals an
8025 error. */
8026 charpos = min (SCHARS (f->current_tool_bar_string), glyph->charpos);
8027 charpos = max (0, charpos);
8029 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
8030 property is the start index of this item's properties in
8031 F->tool_bar_items. */
8032 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos),
8033 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
8034 if (INTEGERP (prop))
8036 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
8037 success_p = 1;
8039 else
8040 success_p = 0;
8042 return success_p;
8045 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8049 /************************************************************************
8050 Horizontal scrolling
8051 ************************************************************************/
8053 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
8054 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
8056 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
8057 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
8058 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
8059 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
8060 changed. */
8062 static int
8063 hscroll_window_tree (window)
8064 Lisp_Object window;
8066 int hscrolled_p = 0;
8067 int hscroll_relative_p = FLOATP (Vhscroll_step);
8068 int hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8069 double hscroll_step_rel = 0;
8071 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8073 hscroll_step_rel = XFLOAT_DATA (Vhscroll_step);
8074 if (hscroll_step_rel < 0)
8076 hscroll_relative_p = 0;
8077 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8080 else if (INTEGERP (Vhscroll_step))
8082 hscroll_step_abs = XINT (Vhscroll_step);
8083 if (hscroll_step_abs < 0)
8084 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8086 else
8087 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8089 while (WINDOWP (window))
8091 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8093 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
8094 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
8095 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
8096 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
8097 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8099 int h_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
8100 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
8101 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
8102 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8103 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
8104 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8105 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
8106 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
8107 ? desired_cursor_row
8108 : current_cursor_row);
8110 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
8111 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
8113 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
8114 h_margin = hscroll_margin * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
8116 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
8117 && w->cursor.x <= h_margin)
8118 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
8119 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
8120 && (w->cursor.x >= text_area_width - h_margin)))
8122 struct it it;
8123 int hscroll;
8124 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
8125 int pt;
8126 int wanted_x;
8128 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
8129 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
8130 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8132 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8133 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
8134 else
8136 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
8137 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
8138 pt = min (ZV, pt);
8141 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
8142 a line with infinite width. */
8143 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
8144 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
8145 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8146 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
8148 /* Position cursor in window. */
8149 if (!hscroll_relative_p && hscroll_step_abs == 0)
8150 hscroll = max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
8151 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8152 else if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_width - h_margin)
8154 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8155 wanted_x = text_area_width * (1 - hscroll_step_rel)
8156 - h_margin;
8157 else
8158 wanted_x = text_area_width
8159 - hscroll_step_abs * CANON_X_UNIT (it.f)
8160 - h_margin;
8161 hscroll
8162 = max (0, it.current_x - wanted_x) / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8164 else
8166 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8167 wanted_x = text_area_width * hscroll_step_rel
8168 + h_margin;
8169 else
8170 wanted_x = hscroll_step_abs * CANON_X_UNIT (it.f)
8171 + h_margin;
8172 hscroll
8173 = max (0, it.current_x - wanted_x) / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8175 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
8177 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
8178 changed because it will prevent redisplay
8179 optimizations. */
8180 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
8182 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
8183 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
8184 hscrolled_p = 1;
8189 window = w->next;
8192 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
8193 return hscrolled_p;
8197 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
8198 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
8199 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
8200 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
8201 of WINDOW are cleared. */
8203 static int
8204 hscroll_windows (window)
8205 Lisp_Object window;
8207 int hscrolled_p;
8209 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
8211 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
8212 if (hscrolled_p)
8213 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
8215 else
8216 hscrolled_p = 0;
8217 return hscrolled_p;
8222 /************************************************************************
8223 Redisplay
8224 ************************************************************************/
8226 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
8227 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
8228 session. */
8230 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8232 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
8234 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
8235 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
8237 /* Delta vpos and y. */
8239 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
8241 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
8243 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
8245 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
8246 try_window_id. */
8248 EMACS_INT debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
8250 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
8251 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
8252 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
8253 resulting string to stderr. */
8255 static void
8256 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
8257 struct window *w;
8258 char *fmt;
8259 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
8261 char buffer[512];
8262 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
8263 int len = strlen (method);
8264 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
8265 int remaining = size - len - 1;
8267 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
8268 if (len && remaining)
8270 method[len] = '|';
8271 --remaining, ++len;
8274 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
8276 if (trace_redisplay_p)
8277 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
8279 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
8280 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
8281 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)
8282 : "no buffer"),
8283 buffer);
8286 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
8289 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
8290 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
8291 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
8292 cleared. */
8294 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 500
8295 static int clear_face_cache_count;
8297 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
8299 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
8301 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
8303 int redisplaying_p;
8306 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
8307 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
8308 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
8309 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
8311 static INLINE int
8312 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
8313 struct window *w;
8314 int start, end;
8316 int unchanged_p = 1;
8318 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
8319 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8320 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8322 /* Gap in the line? */
8323 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
8324 unchanged_p = 0;
8326 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
8327 if (unchanged_p
8328 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
8329 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
8330 unchanged_p = 0;
8332 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
8333 beginning of the line. */
8334 if (unchanged_p
8335 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
8336 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
8337 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
8338 unchanged_p = 0;
8340 /* If there are overlays at the start or end of the line, these
8341 may have overlay strings with newlines in them. A change at
8342 START, for instance, may actually concern the display of such
8343 overlay strings as well, and they are displayed on different
8344 lines. So, quickly rule out this case. (For the future, it
8345 might be desirable to implement something more telling than
8346 just BEG/END_UNCHANGED.) */
8347 if (unchanged_p)
8349 if (BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED == start
8350 && overlay_touches_p (start))
8351 unchanged_p = 0;
8352 if (END_UNCHANGED == end
8353 && overlay_touches_p (Z - end))
8354 unchanged_p = 0;
8358 return unchanged_p;
8362 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
8363 the main external entry point for redisplay.
8365 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
8366 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
8367 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
8369 void
8370 redisplay ()
8372 redisplay_internal (0);
8376 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
8377 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
8378 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
8381 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
8382 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
8383 int prev_pt, pt;
8385 int start, end;
8386 Lisp_Object prop;
8387 Lisp_Object buffer;
8389 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
8390 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
8391 same buffer. */
8392 if (prev_buf == buf)
8394 if (prev_pt == pt)
8395 /* Point didn't move. */
8396 return 0;
8398 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8399 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8400 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8401 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
8402 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
8403 point moved out of the composition. */
8404 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
8407 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
8408 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8409 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8410 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8411 && start < pt && end > pt);
8415 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
8416 in window W. */
8418 static INLINE void
8419 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
8420 struct window *w;
8421 struct buffer *b;
8423 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
8424 b->clip_changed = 1;
8425 else if (b->clip_changed
8426 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8427 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
8428 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
8429 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
8430 b->clip_changed = 0;
8432 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
8433 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
8434 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
8435 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
8436 check. */
8437 if (!b->clip_changed
8438 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
8440 int pt;
8442 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8443 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
8444 else
8445 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
8447 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8448 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
8449 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
8450 XINT (w->last_point),
8451 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
8452 b->clip_changed = 1;
8457 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
8458 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
8459 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
8460 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
8461 causes some problems. */
8463 static void
8464 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
8465 int preserve_echo_area;
8467 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
8468 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8469 int pause;
8470 int must_finish = 0;
8471 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
8472 int number_of_visible_frames;
8473 int count;
8474 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
8476 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
8477 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
8478 int consider_all_windows_p;
8480 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
8482 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
8483 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
8484 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
8485 if (noninteractive
8486 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
8487 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
8488 return;
8490 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
8491 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
8492 update necessary. */
8493 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
8495 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
8496 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8497 return;
8500 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8501 if (popup_activated ())
8502 return;
8503 #endif
8505 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
8506 if (redisplaying_p)
8507 return;
8509 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
8510 when we leave this function. */
8511 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8512 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
8513 ++redisplaying_p;
8515 retry:
8516 pause = 0;
8517 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
8519 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
8520 necessary, do it. */
8521 if (fonts_changed_p)
8523 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
8524 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8525 fonts_changed_p = 0;
8528 /* If face_change_count is non-zero, init_iterator will free all
8529 realized faces, which includes the faces referenced from current
8530 matrices. So, we can't reuse current matrices in this case. */
8531 if (face_change_count)
8532 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8534 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
8535 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
8537 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
8538 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
8539 thing. */
8540 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8541 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
8542 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
8544 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
8546 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
8547 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
8548 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
8549 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
8551 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8553 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8555 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8557 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8559 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8560 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8561 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8562 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8566 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8567 do_pending_window_change (1);
8569 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8570 if (frame_garbaged)
8571 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8573 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8574 prepare_menu_bars ();
8576 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8577 update_mode_lines++;
8579 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8580 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8582 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8583 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8584 update_mode_lines++;
8587 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8588 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8589 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8590 where no change is needed. */
8591 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8592 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8593 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8594 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
8595 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
8596 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8598 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8600 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8601 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8602 there. */
8603 consider_all_windows_p = (update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1
8604 || cursor_type_changed);
8606 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8607 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8608 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8609 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8610 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8612 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8613 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8614 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8615 again here. Checking message_cleared_p captures the case that
8616 the echo area should be cleared. */
8617 if ((!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) && !display_last_displayed_message_p)
8618 || (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) && display_last_displayed_message_p)
8619 || (message_cleared_p
8620 && minibuf_level == 0
8621 /* If the mini-window is currently selected, this means the
8622 echo-area doesn't show through. */
8623 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))))
8625 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8626 must_finish = 1;
8628 /* If we don't display the current message, don't clear the
8629 message_cleared_p flag, because, if we did, we wouldn't clear
8630 the echo area in the next redisplay which doesn't preserve
8631 the echo area. */
8632 if (!display_last_displayed_message_p)
8633 message_cleared_p = 0;
8635 if (fonts_changed_p)
8636 goto retry;
8637 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8639 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8640 ++update_mode_lines;
8641 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8643 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8644 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8645 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8646 if (frame_garbaged)
8647 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8650 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8651 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8652 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8653 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8654 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8656 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8657 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8658 must_finish = 1;
8659 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8660 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8661 ++update_mode_lines;
8663 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8664 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8665 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8666 if (frame_garbaged)
8667 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8671 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8672 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8673 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8674 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8675 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8676 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8677 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8678 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8679 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8680 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8682 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8683 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8684 set in display_line and record information about the line
8685 containing the cursor. */
8686 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8687 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8688 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8689 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8690 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8691 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8692 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8693 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8694 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8695 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8696 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8697 && NILP (w->force_start)
8698 && NILP (w->optional_new_start)
8699 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8700 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8701 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8702 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8703 must be unchanged */
8704 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8705 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8707 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8708 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8709 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8710 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8711 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8712 goto cancel;
8713 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8714 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8715 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8717 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8718 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8719 line 885).
8721 For instance, in the following case:
8723 -------- Insert --------
8724 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8725 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8726 ^^ ^^
8727 -------- --------
8729 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8731 struct it it;
8732 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8734 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8735 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8736 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8738 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8739 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8740 goto cancel;
8742 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8743 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8744 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8745 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8746 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8747 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8748 display_line (&it);
8750 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8751 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8752 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8753 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8754 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8755 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8756 /* Line ends as before. */
8757 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8758 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8759 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8760 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8762 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8763 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8764 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8766 struct glyph_row *row
8767 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8768 int delta, delta_bytes;
8770 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8772 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8773 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8774 delta = (Z
8775 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8776 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8777 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8778 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8779 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8781 else
8783 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8784 account of the newline and the rest of the
8785 text that follows. */
8786 delta = (Z
8787 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8788 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8789 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8790 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8791 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8794 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8795 this_line_vpos + 1,
8796 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8797 delta, delta_bytes);
8800 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8801 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8802 adjusted. */
8803 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8805 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8806 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8808 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8809 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8810 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8811 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8813 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8814 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8816 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8817 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8818 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8819 #endif
8820 goto update;
8822 else
8823 goto cancel;
8825 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8826 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8827 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8828 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8829 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8830 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8832 if (!must_finish)
8834 do_pending_window_change (1);
8836 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8837 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8838 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8839 goto end_of_redisplay;
8841 goto update;
8843 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8844 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8845 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8846 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8847 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8848 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8849 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8850 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8851 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8853 struct it it;
8854 struct glyph_row *row;
8856 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8857 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8858 next visible position. */
8859 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8860 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8861 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8862 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8863 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8865 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8866 moves over before-strings. */
8867 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8869 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8870 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8871 row->enabled_p))
8873 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8874 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8875 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8876 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8877 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8878 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 3");
8879 #endif
8880 goto update;
8882 else
8883 goto cancel;
8886 cancel:
8887 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8888 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8891 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8892 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8893 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8896 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8897 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8898 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8900 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8902 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8903 int i, n = 0, size = 50;
8904 struct frame **updated
8905 = (struct frame **) alloca (size * sizeof *updated);
8907 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8908 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8910 clear_face_cache (0);
8911 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8914 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8915 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8916 buffer_shared = 0;
8918 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8920 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8922 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8924 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8925 if (clear_face_cache_count % 50 == 0
8926 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
8927 clear_image_cache (f, 0);
8928 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8930 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8931 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8932 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8933 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8935 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8936 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8938 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8939 nuked should now go away. */
8940 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8941 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8943 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8944 if (fonts_changed_p)
8945 goto retry;
8947 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8949 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8950 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8951 goto retry;
8953 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8954 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8955 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8956 error. */
8957 if (interrupt_input)
8958 unrequest_sigio ();
8959 stop_polling ();
8961 /* Update the display. */
8962 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8963 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8964 if (pause)
8965 break;
8967 if (n == size)
8969 int nbytes = size * sizeof *updated;
8970 struct frame **p = (struct frame **) alloca (2 * nbytes);
8971 bcopy (updated, p, nbytes);
8972 size *= 2;
8975 updated[n++] = f;
8980 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
8981 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
8982 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
8983 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
8985 struct frame *f = updated[i];
8986 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8987 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8988 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8991 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8993 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8994 struct frame *mini_frame;
8996 displayed_buffer = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
8997 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
8998 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
8999 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_1, selected_window,
9000 list_of_error,
9001 redisplay_window_error);
9003 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
9004 update:
9006 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
9007 if (fonts_changed_p)
9008 goto retry;
9010 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
9011 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
9012 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
9013 if (interrupt_input)
9014 unrequest_sigio ();
9015 stop_polling ();
9017 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
9019 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
9020 goto retry;
9022 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
9023 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
9026 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
9027 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
9028 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
9029 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
9030 it here. */
9031 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
9032 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
9034 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
9036 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
9037 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
9038 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
9039 goto retry;
9043 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
9044 thorough update the next time. */
9045 if (pause)
9047 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
9048 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
9049 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
9050 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
9052 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
9053 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
9055 last_arrow_position = Qt;
9056 last_arrow_string = Qt;
9059 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
9060 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
9061 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
9062 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
9063 update_mode_lines = 1;
9065 else
9067 if (!consider_all_windows_p)
9069 /* This has already been done above if
9070 consider_all_windows_p is set. */
9071 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, 1);
9073 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
9074 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
9076 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
9077 frame_up_to_date_hook (sf);
9080 update_mode_lines = 0;
9081 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
9082 cursor_type_changed = 0;
9085 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
9086 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
9087 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
9088 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
9089 if (interrupt_input)
9090 request_sigio ();
9091 start_polling ();
9093 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
9094 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
9095 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
9096 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
9097 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
9098 frames here explicitly. */
9099 if (!pause)
9101 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
9102 int new_count = 0;
9104 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
9106 int this_is_visible = 0;
9108 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
9109 this_is_visible = 1;
9110 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
9111 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
9112 this_is_visible = 1;
9114 if (this_is_visible)
9115 new_count++;
9118 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
9119 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
9122 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
9123 do_pending_window_change (1);
9125 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
9126 visible frames, redisplay again. */
9127 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
9128 goto retry;
9130 end_of_redisplay:;
9132 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9136 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
9137 another message has been requested in its place.
9139 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
9140 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
9141 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
9142 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
9144 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
9145 called. This is useful for debugging. */
9147 void
9148 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
9149 int from_where;
9151 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
9153 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
9155 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
9156 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
9157 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
9158 redisplay_internal (1);
9159 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
9161 else
9162 redisplay_internal (1);
9166 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
9167 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
9168 in progress. */
9170 static Lisp_Object
9171 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
9172 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
9174 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
9175 return Qnil;
9179 /* Mark the display of window W as accurate or inaccurate. If
9180 ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of W as accurate. If
9181 ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for W to be redisplayed the next time
9182 redisplay_internal is called. */
9184 static void
9185 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p)
9186 struct window *w;
9187 int accurate_p;
9189 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
9191 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9193 w->last_modified
9194 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
9195 w->last_overlay_modified
9196 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
9197 w->last_had_star
9198 = BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b) ? Qt : Qnil;
9200 if (accurate_p)
9202 b->clip_changed = 0;
9203 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
9205 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
9206 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
9207 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
9208 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
9210 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
9211 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
9212 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
9214 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
9215 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
9217 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9218 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
9219 else
9220 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
9224 if (accurate_p)
9226 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
9227 #if 0 /* This is incorrect with variable-height lines. */
9228 xassert (XINT (w->window_end_vpos)
9229 < (XINT (w->height)
9230 - (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0)));
9231 #endif
9232 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
9237 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
9238 accurate or inaccurate. If ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of
9239 windows as accurate. If ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for windows to
9240 be redisplayed the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
9242 void
9243 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
9244 Lisp_Object window;
9245 int accurate_p;
9247 struct window *w;
9249 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
9251 w = XWINDOW (window);
9252 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p);
9254 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9255 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
9256 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9257 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
9260 if (accurate_p)
9262 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
9263 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
9265 else
9267 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
9268 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
9269 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
9270 last_arrow_position = Qt;
9271 last_arrow_string = Qt;
9276 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
9277 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
9278 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
9279 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
9281 Lisp_Object
9282 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
9283 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
9284 int c;
9286 int code[4], i;
9287 Lisp_Object val;
9289 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
9290 return (dp->contents[c]);
9292 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
9293 if (code[1] < 32)
9294 code[1] = -1;
9295 else if (code[2] < 32)
9296 code[2] = -1;
9298 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
9299 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
9300 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
9301 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
9302 code[0] += 128;
9303 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
9305 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
9307 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
9308 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
9309 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
9312 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
9313 it. */
9314 return (dp->defalt);
9319 /***********************************************************************
9320 Window Redisplay
9321 ***********************************************************************/
9323 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
9325 static void
9326 redisplay_windows (window)
9327 Lisp_Object window;
9329 while (!NILP (window))
9331 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9333 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9334 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
9335 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9336 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
9337 else
9339 displayed_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9340 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
9341 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
9342 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_0, window,
9343 list_of_error,
9344 redisplay_window_error);
9347 window = w->next;
9351 static Lisp_Object
9352 redisplay_window_error ()
9354 displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff = BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer);
9355 return Qnil;
9358 static Lisp_Object
9359 redisplay_window_0 (window)
9360 Lisp_Object window;
9362 if (displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff < BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer))
9363 redisplay_window (window, 0);
9364 return Qnil;
9367 static Lisp_Object
9368 redisplay_window_1 (window)
9369 Lisp_Object window;
9371 if (displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff < BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer))
9372 redisplay_window (window, 1);
9373 return Qnil;
9376 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
9377 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
9378 differ from current buffer positions. */
9380 void
9381 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
9382 struct window *w;
9383 struct glyph_row *row;
9384 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9385 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
9387 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9388 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
9389 int x = row->x;
9390 int pt_old = PT - delta;
9392 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
9393 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
9394 frames. */
9395 if (row->displays_text_p)
9396 while (glyph < end
9397 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9398 && glyph->charpos < 0)
9400 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9401 ++glyph;
9404 while (glyph < end
9405 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9406 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
9407 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
9409 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9410 ++glyph;
9413 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9414 w->cursor.x = x;
9415 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
9416 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
9418 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9420 if (!row->continued_p
9421 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
9422 && row->x == 0)
9424 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9426 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9427 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
9428 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9429 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
9431 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9432 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
9433 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9434 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
9436 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9437 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
9438 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
9439 this_line_start_x = row->x;
9441 else
9442 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
9447 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
9448 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
9450 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
9452 static INLINE struct text_pos
9453 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
9454 Lisp_Object window;
9455 struct text_pos startp;
9457 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9458 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
9460 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9461 abort ();
9463 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9465 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
9466 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
9467 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9468 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
9469 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9470 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9473 return startp;
9477 /* Make sure the line containing the cursor is fully visible.
9478 A value of 1 means there is nothing to be done.
9479 (Either the line is fully visible, or it cannot be made so,
9480 or we cannot tell.)
9481 A value of 0 means the caller should do scrolling
9482 as if point had gone off the screen. */
9484 static int
9485 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
9486 struct window *w;
9488 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9489 struct glyph_row *row;
9490 int window_height;
9492 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
9493 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
9494 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9495 return 1;
9497 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9498 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
9500 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing to do. */
9501 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9502 return 1;
9504 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
9505 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
9506 window_height = window_box_height (w);
9507 if (row->height >= window_height)
9508 return 1;
9510 return 0;
9512 #if 0
9513 /* This code used to try to scroll the window just enough to make
9514 the line visible. It returned 0 to say that the caller should
9515 allocate larger glyph matrices. */
9517 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
9519 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
9520 w->vscroll = 0;
9521 w->cursor.y += dy;
9522 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9524 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
9526 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
9527 w->vscroll = dy;
9528 w->cursor.y += dy;
9529 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9532 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
9533 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
9534 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
9535 the correct y-position. */
9536 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9537 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9539 /* If vscrolling requires a larger glyph matrix, arrange for a fresh
9540 redisplay with larger matrices. */
9541 if (matrix->nrows < required_matrix_height (w))
9543 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9544 return 0;
9547 return 1;
9548 #endif /* 0 */
9552 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
9553 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
9554 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
9555 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
9556 the case that only the cursor has moved.
9558 Value is
9560 1 if scrolling succeeded
9562 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
9564 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
9565 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
9567 enum
9569 SCROLLING_SUCCESS,
9570 SCROLLING_FAILED,
9571 SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
9574 static int
9575 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
9576 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
9577 Lisp_Object window;
9578 int just_this_one_p;
9579 EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
9580 int temp_scroll_step;
9582 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9583 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9584 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
9585 struct text_pos pos;
9586 struct text_pos startp;
9587 struct it it;
9588 Lisp_Object window_end;
9589 int this_scroll_margin;
9590 int dy = 0;
9591 int scroll_max;
9592 int rc;
9593 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
9594 Lisp_Object aggressive;
9595 int height;
9597 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9598 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
9599 #endif
9601 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9603 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
9604 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
9605 if (scroll_margin > 0)
9607 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
9608 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9610 else
9611 this_scroll_margin = 0;
9613 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
9614 into view. */
9615 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
9616 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
9617 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
9618 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
9619 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
9620 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
9621 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
9622 there should be a variable for this. */
9623 scroll_max = 10;
9624 else
9625 scroll_max = 0;
9626 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9628 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
9629 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
9630 margin. */
9631 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
9632 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
9633 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
9634 if (this_scroll_margin)
9636 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9637 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
9638 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9641 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9643 int y0;
9645 too_near_end:
9646 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9647 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9649 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9650 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9651 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9652 y0 = it.current_y;
9653 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9654 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9656 /* To make point visible, we have to move the window start
9657 down so that the line the cursor is in is visible, which
9658 means we have to add in the height of the cursor line. */
9659 dy = line_bottom_y (&it) - y0;
9661 if (dy > scroll_max)
9662 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9664 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9665 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9666 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9667 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9669 if (scroll_conservatively)
9670 amount_to_scroll
9671 = max (max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
9672 CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9673 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9674 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9675 else
9677 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9678 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9679 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9680 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9681 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9684 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9685 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9687 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9688 startp = it.current.pos;
9690 else
9692 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9693 window. */
9694 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9695 if (this_scroll_margin)
9697 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9698 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9699 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9702 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9704 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9705 above what is displayed in the window. */
9706 int y0;
9708 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9709 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9710 scroll_max. */
9711 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9712 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9713 y0 = it.current_y;
9714 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9715 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9716 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9717 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9718 if (dy > scroll_max)
9719 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9721 /* Compute new window start. */
9722 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9724 if (scroll_conservatively)
9725 amount_to_scroll =
9726 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9727 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9728 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9729 else
9731 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9732 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9733 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9734 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9735 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9738 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9739 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9741 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9742 startp = it.current.pos;
9746 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9747 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9749 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9750 doesn't appear. */
9751 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9752 rc = SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES;
9753 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9755 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9756 rc = SCROLLING_FAILED;
9758 else
9760 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9761 if (!just_this_one_p
9762 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9763 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9764 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9766 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line,
9767 treat that as being off the bottom of the screen. */
9768 if (! make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
9769 goto too_near_end;
9770 rc = SCROLLING_SUCCESS;
9773 return rc;
9777 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9778 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9779 was computed.
9781 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9782 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9783 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9785 static int
9786 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9787 struct window *w;
9789 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9790 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9792 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9794 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9795 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9796 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9797 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9798 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9800 struct it it;
9801 struct glyph_row *row;
9803 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9804 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9805 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9806 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9807 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9809 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9810 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9811 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9812 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9813 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9814 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9816 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9817 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9818 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9819 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9821 int min_distance, distance;
9823 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9824 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9825 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9826 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9827 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9828 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9829 pos = it.current.pos;
9830 min_distance = INFINITY;
9831 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9832 distance < min_distance)
9834 min_distance = distance;
9835 pos = it.current.pos;
9836 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9839 /* Set the window start there. */
9840 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9841 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9845 return window_start_changed_p;
9849 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changed in window WINDOW,
9850 with window start STARTP. Value is
9852 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS if successful
9854 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED if this method cannot be used
9856 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL if we know we have to scroll the
9857 display. *SCROLL_STEP is set to 1, under certain circumstances, if
9858 we want to scroll as if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code.
9860 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES if we need larger matrices, in
9861 which case we have to abort this redisplay, and adjust matrices
9862 first. */
9864 enum
9866 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS,
9867 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED,
9868 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL,
9869 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
9872 static int
9873 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9874 Lisp_Object window;
9875 struct text_pos startp;
9876 int *scroll_step;
9878 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9879 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9880 int rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED;
9882 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9883 if (inhibit_try_cursor_movement)
9884 return rc;
9885 #endif
9887 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9888 not moved off the frame. */
9889 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9890 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9891 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9892 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9893 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9894 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9895 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9896 cases. */
9897 && !update_mode_lines
9898 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9899 && !cursor_type_changed
9900 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9901 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9902 set the cursor. */
9903 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9904 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9905 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9906 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9907 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9908 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9909 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9910 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9911 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9912 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9913 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9914 handles the same cases. */
9915 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9916 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9917 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9918 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9919 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9920 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9921 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9922 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9923 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9924 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9925 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9927 int this_scroll_margin;
9928 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
9930 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9931 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9932 #endif
9934 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9935 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9936 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9937 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9938 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9940 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9941 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9942 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9943 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9944 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
9945 else
9947 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9948 if (row->mode_line_p)
9949 ++row;
9950 if (!row->enabled_p)
9951 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
9954 if (rc == CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED)
9956 int scroll_p = 0;
9957 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9959 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9961 /* Point has moved forward. */
9962 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9963 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9965 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9966 ++row;
9969 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9970 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9971 display it in the next line. */
9972 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9973 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9974 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9975 ++row;
9977 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9978 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9979 the next line would be drawn, and that
9980 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9981 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9982 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9983 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9984 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9985 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9986 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9987 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9988 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9989 scroll_p = 1;
9991 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9993 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9994 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9995 if-statement. */
9996 while (!row->mode_line_p
9997 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9998 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9999 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
10000 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
10001 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
10003 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10004 --row;
10007 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
10008 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
10009 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
10010 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
10011 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
10012 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
10013 || row->mode_line_p)
10015 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10016 if (row->mode_line_p)
10017 ++row;
10020 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
10021 skip forward over overlay strings. */
10022 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
10023 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
10024 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
10025 ++row;
10027 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
10028 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
10029 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
10030 scroll_p = 1;
10033 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10034 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10036 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
10037 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10039 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
10041 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10042 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10043 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
10044 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10045 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
10047 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
10048 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
10049 than the window, in which case we can't do much
10050 about it. */
10051 *scroll_step = 1;
10052 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10054 else
10056 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10057 try_window (window, startp);
10058 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10059 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10060 else
10061 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS;
10064 else if (scroll_p)
10065 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10066 else
10068 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10069 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS;
10074 return rc;
10078 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
10079 selected_window is redisplayed. */
10081 static void
10082 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
10083 Lisp_Object window;
10084 int just_this_one_p;
10086 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10087 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10088 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10089 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10090 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
10091 int update_mode_line;
10092 int tem;
10093 struct it it;
10094 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
10095 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
10096 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
10097 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
10098 int rc;
10099 int centering_position;
10101 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10102 opoint = lpoint;
10104 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
10105 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
10106 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10107 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
10108 #endif
10110 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
10112 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
10114 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
10115 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
10116 || update_mode_lines
10117 || buffer->clip_changed);
10119 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
10121 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
10122 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
10124 if (update_mode_line)
10125 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
10126 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
10127 goto finish_menu_bars;
10128 else
10129 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
10130 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10132 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
10134 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
10135 active one, so clear it. */
10136 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10137 struct glyph_row *row;
10138 int y;
10140 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
10141 y < yb;
10142 y += row->height, ++row)
10143 blank_row (w, row, y);
10144 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10147 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10150 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
10151 value. */
10152 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
10153 variables. */
10154 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
10155 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10157 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10158 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10159 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10160 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10161 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
10163 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
10164 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
10165 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
10167 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
10168 window start in case the window's width changed. */
10169 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
10170 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
10172 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10175 /* Some sanity checks. */
10176 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
10177 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
10178 abort ();
10179 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
10180 abort ();
10182 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
10183 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10184 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
10185 where no change is needed. */
10186 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
10187 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10188 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
10189 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
10190 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
10191 update_mode_line = 1;
10193 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
10194 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
10195 if (!just_this_one_p)
10197 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
10198 current_base = current_buffer;
10199 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
10200 if (current_base->base_buffer)
10201 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
10202 if (window_base->base_buffer)
10203 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
10204 if (current_base == window_base)
10205 buffer_shared++;
10208 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
10209 window, set up appropriate value. */
10210 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
10212 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
10213 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
10214 if (new_pt < BEGV)
10216 new_pt = BEGV;
10217 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
10218 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
10220 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
10222 new_pt = ZV;
10223 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
10224 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
10227 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
10228 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
10231 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
10232 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
10233 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
10234 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
10235 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
10236 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
10238 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
10240 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
10241 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
10243 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
10244 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
10245 BEG, Z);
10246 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
10250 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
10251 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
10252 goto recenter;
10254 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10256 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
10257 check whether it can be used. */
10258 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
10259 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10260 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
10262 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
10263 start_display (&it, w, startp);
10264 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
10265 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
10266 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
10267 w->force_start = Qt;
10270 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
10271 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
10272 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
10273 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
10275 w->force_start = Qnil;
10276 w->vscroll = 0;
10277 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10279 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
10280 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10281 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
10282 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10284 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
10285 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
10286 because we have scrolled. */
10287 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
10288 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
10289 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
10290 and having them get more errors. */
10291 if (!update_mode_line
10292 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
10294 update_mode_line = 1;
10295 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10296 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
10299 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
10300 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
10301 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
10302 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
10303 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
10304 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
10306 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
10307 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
10308 if (!try_window (window, startp))
10310 w->force_start = Qt;
10311 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10312 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10315 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
10317 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
10318 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
10319 can use it here. */
10320 int window_height;
10321 struct glyph_row *row;
10323 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
10324 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
10325 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
10326 ++row;
10328 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10329 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
10331 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
10332 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
10333 else if (current_buffer == old)
10334 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10336 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10338 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
10339 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
10340 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10341 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10343 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10344 if (!try_window (window, startp))
10345 goto need_larger_matrices;
10349 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10350 goto try_to_scroll;
10351 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10352 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
10353 #endif
10354 goto done;
10357 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
10358 not moved off the frame. */
10359 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10360 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
10361 rc != CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED))
10363 switch (rc)
10365 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS:
10366 goto done;
10368 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES:
10369 goto need_larger_matrices;
10371 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL:
10372 goto try_to_scroll;
10374 default:
10375 abort ();
10378 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
10379 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
10380 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
10381 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
10382 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
10384 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10385 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
10386 #endif
10387 goto recenter;
10390 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. Value is > 0 if update has
10391 been done, it is -1 if we know that the same window start will
10392 not work. It is 0 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
10393 else if ((tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
10395 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10396 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
10397 #endif
10399 if (fonts_changed_p)
10400 goto need_larger_matrices;
10401 if (tem > 0)
10402 goto done;
10404 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
10405 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
10407 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10408 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
10409 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
10410 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
10411 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
10412 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10413 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10414 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
10416 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10417 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
10418 #endif
10420 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
10421 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
10422 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10423 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10424 because a window scroll function can have changed the
10425 buffer. */
10426 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10427 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10428 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10430 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
10431 try_window (window, startp);
10434 if (fonts_changed_p)
10435 goto need_larger_matrices;
10437 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
10439 if (!just_this_one_p
10440 || current_buffer->clip_changed
10441 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
10442 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
10443 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10445 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10446 /* Drop through and scroll. */
10448 goto done;
10450 else
10451 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10454 try_to_scroll:
10456 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
10457 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
10459 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
10460 if (!update_mode_line)
10462 update_mode_line = 1;
10463 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10466 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
10467 if ((scroll_conservatively
10468 || scroll_step
10469 || temp_scroll_step
10470 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
10471 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
10472 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10473 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10474 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
10476 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
10477 successful, 0 if not successful. */
10478 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
10479 scroll_conservatively,
10480 scroll_step,
10481 temp_scroll_step);
10482 switch (rc)
10484 case SCROLLING_SUCCESS:
10485 goto done;
10487 case SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES:
10488 goto need_larger_matrices;
10490 case SCROLLING_FAILED:
10491 break;
10493 default:
10494 abort ();
10498 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
10500 recenter:
10501 centering_position = window_box_height (w) / 2;
10503 point_at_top:
10504 /* Jump here with centering_position already set to 0. */
10506 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10507 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
10508 #endif
10510 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
10512 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
10513 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10514 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
10515 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10517 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
10518 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10519 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
10520 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, centering_position);
10521 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
10523 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
10524 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
10525 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
10526 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
10527 containing PT in this case. */
10528 if (it.current_y <= 0)
10530 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10531 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
10532 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
10533 it.current_y = 0;
10536 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
10538 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
10539 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
10540 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
10542 /* Run scroll hooks. */
10543 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
10545 /* Redisplay the window. */
10546 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10547 || windows_or_buffers_changed
10548 || cursor_type_changed
10549 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10550 because it can have changed the buffer. */
10551 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10552 || !just_this_one_p
10553 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10554 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10555 try_window (window, startp);
10557 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
10558 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
10559 matrices. */
10560 if (fonts_changed_p)
10561 goto need_larger_matrices;
10563 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
10564 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
10565 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
10566 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
10567 line.) */
10568 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10570 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10571 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
10573 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10574 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
10575 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10577 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
10579 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10580 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
10581 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10583 else
10585 /* Not much we can do about it. */
10589 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
10590 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
10591 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
10592 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
10593 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10595 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10596 if (row->mode_line_p)
10597 ++row;
10598 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10601 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10603 /* If centering point failed to make the whole line visible,
10604 put point at the top instead. That has to make the whole line
10605 visible, if it can be done. */
10606 centering_position = 0;
10607 goto point_at_top;
10610 done:
10612 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10613 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10614 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
10615 ? Qt : Qnil);
10617 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
10618 if ((update_mode_line
10619 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
10620 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
10621 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
10622 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
10623 || (!just_this_one_p
10624 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10625 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
10626 /* Line number to display. */
10627 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
10628 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
10629 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10630 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
10631 != (int) current_column ()))) /* iftc */
10632 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
10633 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10634 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
10636 display_mode_lines (w);
10638 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10639 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10640 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10641 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10643 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10644 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10645 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10648 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10649 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10650 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10651 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10653 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10654 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10655 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10658 if (fonts_changed_p)
10659 goto need_larger_matrices;
10662 if (!line_number_displayed
10663 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10665 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10666 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10669 finish_menu_bars:
10671 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10672 if (update_mode_line
10673 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10675 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10677 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10679 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
10680 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10681 #else
10682 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10683 #endif
10685 else
10686 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10688 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10689 display_menu_bar (w);
10691 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10692 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10693 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10694 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10695 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10696 #endif
10699 need_larger_matrices:
10701 finish_scroll_bars:
10703 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10705 int start, end, whole;
10707 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10708 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10709 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10710 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10711 visible region.
10713 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10714 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10715 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10716 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10718 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10719 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10720 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10721 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10722 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10724 if (end < start)
10725 end = start;
10726 if (whole < (end - start))
10727 whole = end - start;
10729 else
10730 start = end = whole = 0;
10732 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10733 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10735 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10736 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10737 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10740 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10741 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10742 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10743 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10745 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10749 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10750 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10751 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10752 glyph matrices necessary. */
10755 try_window (window, pos)
10756 Lisp_Object window;
10757 struct text_pos pos;
10759 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10760 struct it it;
10761 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10763 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10764 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10766 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10767 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10768 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10770 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10771 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10773 /* Display all lines of W. */
10774 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10776 if (display_line (&it))
10777 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10778 if (fonts_changed_p)
10779 return 0;
10782 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10783 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10784 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10785 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10787 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10788 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10789 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10790 if (last_text_row)
10792 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10793 w->window_end_bytepos
10794 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10795 w->window_end_pos
10796 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10797 w->window_end_vpos
10798 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10799 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10800 ->displays_text_p);
10802 else
10804 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10805 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
10808 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10809 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10810 return 1;
10815 /************************************************************************
10816 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10817 ************************************************************************/
10819 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10820 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10821 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10822 W->start is the new window start. */
10824 static int
10825 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10826 struct window *w;
10828 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10829 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10830 struct it it;
10831 struct run run;
10832 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10833 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10834 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10835 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10836 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10837 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10839 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10840 if (inhibit_try_window_reusing)
10841 return 0;
10842 #endif
10844 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10845 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10846 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10847 or such. */
10848 || windows_or_buffers_changed
10849 || cursor_type_changed)
10850 return 0;
10852 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10853 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10854 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10855 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10856 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10857 return 0;
10859 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10860 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10861 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10862 return 0;
10864 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10865 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10866 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10867 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10868 return 0;
10870 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10871 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10872 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10873 start = start_row->start.pos;
10874 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10876 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10877 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10879 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10881 int first_row_y;
10883 /* Don't use this method if the display starts with an ellipsis
10884 displayed for invisible text. It's not easy to handle that case
10885 below, and it's certainly not worth the effort since this is
10886 not a frequent case. */
10887 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (&start_row->start, w))
10888 return 0;
10890 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10892 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10893 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10894 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10895 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10896 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10897 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10898 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10899 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10901 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10902 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10903 && !fonts_changed_p)
10904 if (display_line (&it))
10905 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10907 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10908 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10909 have at least one reusable row. */
10910 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10912 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10913 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10915 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10916 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10918 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10920 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10921 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL, dy);
10922 if (row)
10923 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10924 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10925 else
10927 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10928 return 0;
10932 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10933 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10934 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10935 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10936 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10937 in. */
10938 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10939 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10940 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10942 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10944 update_begin (f);
10945 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10946 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10947 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10948 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10949 update_end (f);
10952 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10953 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10954 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10955 start_vpos,
10956 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10957 nrows_scrolled);
10959 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10960 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10961 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10963 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10964 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10965 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10966 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10967 row < bottom_row;
10968 ++row)
10970 row->y = it.current_y;
10971 row->visible_height = row->height;
10973 if (row->y < min_y)
10974 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
10975 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10976 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
10978 it.current_y += row->height;
10980 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10981 last_reused_text_row = row;
10982 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10983 break;
10986 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10987 below the window. */
10988 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10989 row->enabled_p = 0;
10992 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10993 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10994 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10995 containing text. */
10996 if (last_reused_text_row)
10998 w->window_end_bytepos
10999 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
11000 w->window_end_pos
11001 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
11002 w->window_end_vpos
11003 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
11004 w->current_matrix));
11006 else if (last_text_row)
11008 w->window_end_bytepos
11009 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11010 w->window_end_pos
11011 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11012 w->window_end_vpos
11013 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
11015 else
11017 /* This window must be completely empty. */
11018 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
11019 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
11021 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11023 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
11024 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11026 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11027 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
11028 #endif
11029 return 1;
11031 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
11033 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
11034 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
11035 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
11036 int dy;
11037 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
11039 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
11040 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
11041 first_reusable_row = start_row;
11042 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
11043 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
11044 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
11045 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
11046 ++first_reusable_row;
11048 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
11049 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
11050 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
11051 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
11052 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
11053 return 0;
11055 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
11056 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
11057 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
11058 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
11059 pt_row = NULL;
11060 for (first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
11061 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb;
11062 ++first_row_to_display)
11064 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
11065 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
11066 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
11069 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
11070 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
11071 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
11073 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
11074 - start_vpos);
11075 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
11076 - nrows_scrolled);
11077 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
11078 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
11080 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
11081 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
11082 that displays text. */
11083 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11084 if (pt_row == NULL)
11085 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11086 last_text_row = NULL;
11087 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
11088 if (display_line (&it))
11089 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11091 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
11092 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11094 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11095 return 0;
11098 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
11099 position. */
11100 if (pt_row)
11102 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
11103 w->current_matrix);
11104 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
11107 /* Scroll the display. */
11108 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
11109 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
11110 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
11111 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
11113 if (run.height)
11115 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11116 update_begin (f);
11117 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11118 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11119 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11120 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11121 update_end (f);
11124 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
11125 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
11126 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
11127 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
11128 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
11130 row->y -= dy;
11131 row->visible_height = row->height;
11132 if (row->y < min_y)
11133 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
11134 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11135 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11138 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
11139 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
11140 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11141 start_vpos,
11142 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
11143 -nrows_scrolled);
11145 /* Disable rows not reused. */
11146 for (row -= nrows_scrolled; row < bottom_row; ++row)
11147 row->enabled_p = 0;
11149 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
11150 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
11151 only its vpos can have changed. */
11152 if (last_text_row)
11154 w->window_end_bytepos
11155 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11156 w->window_end_pos
11157 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11158 w->window_end_vpos
11159 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
11161 else
11163 w->window_end_vpos
11164 = make_number (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
11167 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11168 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11170 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11171 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
11172 #endif
11173 return 1;
11176 return 0;
11181 /************************************************************************
11182 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
11183 ************************************************************************/
11185 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
11186 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
11187 int *, int *));
11188 static struct glyph_row *
11189 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
11190 struct glyph_row *));
11193 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
11194 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
11195 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
11196 a pointer to the row found. */
11198 static struct glyph_row *
11199 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
11200 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11201 struct it *it;
11202 struct glyph_row *start;
11204 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
11206 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
11207 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
11208 visible lines. */
11209 row_found = NULL;
11210 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
11211 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11213 xassert (row->enabled_p);
11214 row_found = row;
11215 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
11216 break;
11217 ++row;
11220 return row_found;
11224 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
11225 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since W's
11226 current matrix was built. Value is null if no such row exists.
11228 BEG_UNCHANGED us the number of characters unchanged at the start of
11229 current_buffer. BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED is the buffer position of the
11230 first changed character in current_buffer. Characters at positions <
11231 BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED are at the same buffer positions as they were
11232 when the current matrix was built. */
11234 static struct glyph_row *
11235 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
11236 struct window *w;
11238 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
11239 struct glyph_row *row;
11240 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
11241 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
11243 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
11244 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11245 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
11246 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
11248 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
11249 except in some case. */
11250 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
11251 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
11252 unchanged. */
11253 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
11254 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
11255 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
11256 continued. */
11257 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
11258 && row->continued_p))
11259 row_found = row;
11261 /* Stop if last visible row. */
11262 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
11263 break;
11265 ++row;
11268 return row_found;
11272 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
11273 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the
11274 time W's current matrix was built.
11276 Return in *DELTA the number of chars by which buffer positions in
11277 unchanged text at the end of current_buffer must be adjusted.
11279 Return in *DELTA_BYTES the corresponding number of bytes.
11281 Value is null if no such row exists, i.e. all rows are affected by
11282 changes. */
11284 static struct glyph_row *
11285 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
11286 struct window *w;
11287 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
11289 struct glyph_row *row;
11290 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
11292 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
11294 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
11295 is not up to date. */
11296 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
11297 abort ();
11299 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
11300 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
11301 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
11302 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
11303 return NULL;
11305 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
11306 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11308 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
11309 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11311 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
11312 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
11313 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
11314 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
11315 positions for characters not in changed text. */
11316 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11317 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
11318 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
11319 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
11320 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11322 *delta = Z - Z_old;
11323 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
11325 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
11326 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
11327 index + 1 of the last character in current_buffer, i.e. by
11328 subtracting END_UNCHANGED we get the index of the last
11329 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
11330 position. */
11331 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
11332 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
11334 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
11335 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
11336 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
11338 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11339 abort ();
11341 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
11342 row_found = row;
11346 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
11347 abort ();
11349 return row_found;
11353 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
11354 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
11355 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
11356 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
11357 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
11359 static void
11360 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
11361 struct window *w;
11363 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11364 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
11366 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
11367 must have a frame matrix. */
11368 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
11369 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
11370 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11372 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
11373 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
11374 corresponding frame matrix. Note that frame matrices have no
11375 marginal areas (see build_frame_matrix). */
11376 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
11377 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
11378 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
11379 while (window_row < window_row_end)
11381 struct glyph *start = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA];
11382 struct glyph *end = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA];
11384 frame_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = start;
11385 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = start;
11386 frame_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = end;
11387 frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = end;
11389 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
11390 been disabled in try_window_id. */
11391 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
11392 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
11394 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
11399 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
11400 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
11401 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
11402 containing CHARPOS or null. */
11404 struct glyph_row *
11405 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end, dy)
11406 struct window *w;
11407 int charpos;
11408 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
11409 int dy;
11411 struct glyph_row *row = start;
11412 int last_y;
11414 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
11415 if (row->mode_line_p)
11416 ++row;
11418 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
11419 return NULL;
11421 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - dy;
11423 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
11424 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
11425 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
11426 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
11427 /* The end position of a row equals the start
11428 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
11429 would rather display it in the next line, except
11430 when this line ends in ZV. */
11431 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
11432 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))))
11433 ++row;
11435 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
11436 if ((end && row >= end)
11437 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11438 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11439 row = NULL;
11441 return row;
11445 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
11446 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
11447 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
11449 Value is
11451 1 if display has been updated
11452 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
11453 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
11455 The following steps are performed:
11457 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
11458 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
11459 is found, give up.
11461 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
11462 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
11464 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
11465 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
11466 the window.
11468 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
11470 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
11471 display and current matrix as needed.
11473 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
11474 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
11475 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
11476 in smaller font sizes.
11478 7. Update W's window end information. */
11480 static int
11481 try_window_id (w)
11482 struct window *w;
11484 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11485 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
11486 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
11487 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11488 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11489 struct glyph_row *row;
11490 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
11491 int bottom_vpos;
11492 struct it it;
11493 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
11494 struct text_pos start_pos;
11495 struct run run;
11496 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
11497 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
11498 struct text_pos start;
11499 int first_changed_charpos, last_changed_charpos;
11501 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11502 if (inhibit_try_window_id)
11503 return 0;
11504 #endif
11506 /* This is handy for debugging. */
11507 #if 0
11508 #define GIVE_UP(X) \
11509 do { \
11510 fprintf (stderr, "try_window_id give up %d\n", (X)); \
11511 return 0; \
11512 } while (0)
11513 #else
11514 #define GIVE_UP(X) return 0
11515 #endif
11517 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
11519 /* Don't use this for mini-windows because these can show
11520 messages and mini-buffers, and we don't handle that here. */
11521 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
11522 GIVE_UP (1);
11524 /* This flag is used to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
11525 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || cursor_type_changed)
11526 GIVE_UP (2);
11528 /* Verify that narrowing has not changed. This flag is also set to prevent
11529 redisplay optimizations. It would be nice to further
11530 reduce the number of cases where this prevents try_window_id. */
11531 if (current_buffer->clip_changed)
11532 GIVE_UP (3);
11534 /* Window must either use window-based redisplay or be full width. */
11535 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11536 && (!line_ins_del_ok
11537 || !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
11538 GIVE_UP (4);
11540 /* Give up if point is not known NOT to appear in W. */
11541 if (PT < CHARPOS (start))
11542 GIVE_UP (5);
11544 /* Another way to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
11545 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == 0)
11546 GIVE_UP (6);
11548 /* Verify that window is not hscrolled. */
11549 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != 0)
11550 GIVE_UP (7);
11552 /* Verify that display wasn't paused. */
11553 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
11554 GIVE_UP (8);
11556 /* Can't use this if highlighting a region because a cursor movement
11557 will do more than just set the cursor. */
11558 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
11559 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
11560 GIVE_UP (9);
11562 /* Likewise if highlighting trailing whitespace. */
11563 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11564 GIVE_UP (11);
11566 /* Likewise if showing a region. */
11567 if (!NILP (w->region_showing))
11568 GIVE_UP (10);
11570 /* Can use this if overlay arrow position and or string have changed. */
11571 if (!EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11572 || !EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string))
11573 GIVE_UP (12);
11576 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
11577 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
11578 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
11579 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
11580 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
11581 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
11582 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
11584 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
11585 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
11586 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
11587 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
11590 /* The position of the first and last character that has been changed. */
11591 first_changed_charpos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
11592 last_changed_charpos = Z - END_UNCHANGED;
11594 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
11595 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
11596 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
11597 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
11598 be adjusted, of course. */
11599 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11600 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
11601 && ((last_changed_charpos < CHARPOS (start)
11602 && CHARPOS (start) == BEGV)
11603 || (last_changed_charpos < CHARPOS (start) - 1
11604 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n')))
11606 int Z_old, delta, Z_BYTE_old, delta_bytes;
11607 struct glyph_row *r0;
11609 /* Compute how many chars/bytes have been added to or removed
11610 from the buffer. */
11611 Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11612 Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
11613 delta = Z - Z_old;
11614 delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
11616 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
11617 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
11618 front of the window start. */
11619 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta)
11620 GIVE_UP (13);
11622 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
11623 as is, after adjusting glyph positions. No need to compute
11624 the window end again, since its offset from Z hasn't changed. */
11625 r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11626 if (CHARPOS (start) == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0) + delta
11627 && BYTEPOS (start) == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0) + delta_bytes)
11629 /* Adjust positions in the glyph matrix. */
11630 if (delta || delta_bytes)
11632 struct glyph_row *r1
11633 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11634 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
11635 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
11636 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
11637 delta, delta_bytes);
11640 /* Set the cursor. */
11641 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL, 0);
11642 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11643 return 1;
11647 /* Handle the case that changes are all below what is displayed in
11648 the window, and that PT is in the window. This shortcut cannot
11649 be taken if ZV is visible in the window, and text has been added
11650 there that is visible in the window. */
11651 if (first_changed_charpos >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
11652 /* ZV is not visible in the window, or there are no
11653 changes at ZV, actually. */
11654 && (current_matrix->zv > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
11655 || first_changed_charpos == last_changed_charpos))
11657 struct glyph_row *r0;
11659 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
11660 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
11661 front of the window start. */
11662 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11663 GIVE_UP (14);
11665 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
11666 as is, without changing glyph positions since no text has
11667 been added/removed in front of the window end. */
11668 r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11669 if (TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, r0->start.pos))
11671 /* We have to compute the window end anew since text
11672 can have been added/removed after it. */
11673 w->window_end_pos
11674 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11675 w->window_end_bytepos
11676 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11678 /* Set the cursor. */
11679 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL, 0);
11680 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11681 return 2;
11685 /* Give up if window start is in the changed area.
11687 The condition used to read
11689 (BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED != Z - BEG && ...)
11691 but why that was tested escapes me at the moment. */
11692 if (CHARPOS (start) >= first_changed_charpos
11693 && CHARPOS (start) <= last_changed_charpos)
11694 GIVE_UP (15);
11696 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
11697 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
11698 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
11699 comparable. */
11700 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11701 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
11702 GIVE_UP (16);
11704 /* Give up if the window ends in strings. Overlay strings
11705 at the end are difficult to handle, so don't try. */
11706 row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11707 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11708 GIVE_UP (20);
11710 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
11711 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
11712 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
11713 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
11714 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
11715 first line of window. */
11716 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
11717 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11719 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
11720 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
11721 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
11722 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
11723 while ((MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11724 || last_unchanged_at_beg_row->ends_in_newline_from_string_p)
11725 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
11726 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11728 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
11729 GIVE_UP (17);
11731 if (init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row) == 0)
11732 GIVE_UP (18);
11733 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11735 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
11736 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
11737 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11738 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
11739 current_matrix);
11740 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11741 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11743 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
11745 else
11747 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
11748 Start displaying in the first line. */
11749 start_display (&it, w, start);
11750 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11753 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
11754 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
11755 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
11756 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
11757 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
11758 changes. */
11759 first_unchanged_at_end_row
11760 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
11761 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
11762 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
11764 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
11765 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
11766 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
11767 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
11768 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
11769 stop_pos = 0;
11770 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11772 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
11773 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11775 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
11776 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
11777 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
11778 not displaying text. */
11779 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11780 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11781 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11782 < it.last_visible_y))
11783 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11785 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11786 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11787 >= it.last_visible_y))
11788 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11789 else
11791 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11792 + delta);
11793 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11794 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
11795 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
11798 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
11799 GIVE_UP (19);
11802 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11804 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
11805 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
11806 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
11807 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11808 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11810 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11811 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11812 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11813 : -1);
11814 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11816 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11819 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11820 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11821 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11822 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11823 last_text_row = NULL;
11824 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11825 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11826 && !fonts_changed_p
11827 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11828 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11830 if (display_line (&it))
11831 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11834 if (fonts_changed_p)
11835 return -1;
11838 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11839 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11840 scroll. */
11841 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11842 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11843 bottom of the window. */
11844 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11846 dvpos = (it.vpos
11847 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11848 current_matrix));
11849 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11850 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11851 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11852 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11854 else
11856 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11857 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11859 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11862 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11863 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11864 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11865 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11866 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11867 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11868 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11869 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11870 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11872 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11873 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11874 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11876 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11877 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11878 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1, 0);
11879 if (row)
11880 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11883 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11884 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11886 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11887 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL, 0);
11888 if (row)
11889 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11890 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11893 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11894 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11896 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11897 return -1;
11901 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11903 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11905 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11906 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11907 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11908 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11909 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11911 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11912 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11913 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11914 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11915 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11917 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11918 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11919 return -1;
11923 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11924 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11925 found. */
11926 if (dy && run.height)
11928 update_begin (f);
11930 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11932 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11933 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11934 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11935 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11937 else
11939 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11940 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11941 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11942 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11943 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11944 int end = (XFASTINT (w->top)
11945 + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0)
11946 + window_internal_height (w));
11948 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11949 if (dvpos > 0)
11951 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11952 window down dvpos lines. */
11953 set_terminal_window (end);
11955 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11956 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11957 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11958 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11960 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11961 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11962 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11964 else if (dvpos < 0)
11966 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11967 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11968 set_terminal_window (end);
11970 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11971 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11972 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11973 line sequences. */
11974 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11976 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11977 end. */
11978 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11979 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11982 set_terminal_window (0);
11985 update_end (f);
11988 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11989 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11990 text. */
11991 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11992 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11993 if (dvpos < 0)
11995 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11996 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11997 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11998 bottom_vpos, 0);
12000 else if (dvpos > 0)
12002 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
12003 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
12004 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
12005 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
12008 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
12009 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
12010 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12011 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
12013 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
12014 if (delta)
12015 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
12016 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
12017 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
12019 /* Adjust Y positions. */
12020 if (dy)
12021 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
12022 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
12023 bottom_vpos, dy);
12025 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12026 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
12028 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
12029 the window. */
12030 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
12031 if (dy < 0)
12033 /* Scrolling up can leave for example a partially visible line
12034 at the end of the window to be redisplayed. */
12035 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
12036 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
12037 the matrix by dvpos. */
12038 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
12039 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
12041 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
12042 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
12044 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
12045 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
12046 line following it. */
12047 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
12049 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
12050 it.vpos = last_vpos;
12051 it.current_y = last_row->y;
12053 else
12055 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
12056 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
12057 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
12058 ++last_row;
12061 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to
12062 get the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
12063 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
12064 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
12066 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
12067 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
12068 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
12069 && !fonts_changed_p)
12071 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
12072 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
12073 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
12074 enabled_p flag to zero. */
12075 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
12076 if (display_line (&it))
12077 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
12081 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
12082 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
12083 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
12084 && !last_text_row_at_end)
12086 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
12087 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
12088 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
12089 scrolling. */
12090 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
12091 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
12092 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
12093 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
12095 w->window_end_pos = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
12096 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
12097 w->window_end_vpos
12098 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
12099 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12100 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "A"));
12102 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
12104 w->window_end_pos
12105 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
12106 w->window_end_bytepos
12107 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
12108 w->window_end_vpos
12109 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
12110 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12111 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "B"));
12113 else if (last_text_row)
12115 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
12116 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
12117 in the desired matrix. */
12118 w->window_end_pos
12119 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
12120 w->window_end_bytepos
12121 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
12122 w->window_end_vpos
12123 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
12124 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12126 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
12127 && last_text_row == NULL
12128 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
12130 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
12131 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
12132 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
12133 int vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos);
12134 struct glyph_row *current_row = current_matrix->rows + vpos;
12135 struct glyph_row *desired_row = desired_matrix->rows + vpos;
12137 for (row = NULL;
12138 row == NULL && vpos >= first_vpos;
12139 --vpos, --current_row, --desired_row)
12141 if (desired_row->enabled_p)
12143 if (desired_row->displays_text_p)
12144 row = desired_row;
12146 else if (current_row->displays_text_p)
12147 row = current_row;
12150 xassert (row != NULL);
12151 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos + 1);
12152 w->window_end_pos = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
12153 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
12154 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12155 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "C"));
12157 else
12158 abort ();
12160 #if 0 /* This leads to problems, for instance when the cursor is
12161 at ZV, and the cursor line displays no text. */
12162 /* Disable rows below what's displayed in the window. This makes
12163 debugging easier. */
12164 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix,
12165 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + 1,
12166 bottom_vpos, 0);
12167 #endif
12169 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12170 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
12172 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
12173 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
12174 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
12175 return 3;
12177 #undef GIVE_UP
12182 /***********************************************************************
12183 More debugging support
12184 ***********************************************************************/
12186 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12188 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int, int));
12189 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
12190 void dump_glyph P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph *, int));
12193 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
12195 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
12196 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
12197 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
12199 void
12200 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
12201 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
12202 int glyphs;
12204 int i;
12205 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
12206 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix, i), i, glyphs);
12210 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
12211 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
12213 void
12214 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area)
12215 struct glyph_row *row;
12216 struct glyph *glyph;
12217 int area;
12219 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
12221 fprintf (stderr,
12222 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12223 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12224 'C',
12225 glyph->charpos,
12226 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12227 ? 'B'
12228 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12229 ? 'S'
12230 : '-')),
12231 glyph->pixel_width,
12232 glyph->u.ch,
12233 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
12234 ? glyph->u.ch
12235 : '.'),
12236 glyph->face_id,
12237 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12238 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12240 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
12242 fprintf (stderr,
12243 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12244 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12245 'S',
12246 glyph->charpos,
12247 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12248 ? 'B'
12249 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12250 ? 'S'
12251 : '-')),
12252 glyph->pixel_width,
12254 '.',
12255 glyph->face_id,
12256 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12257 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12259 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
12261 fprintf (stderr,
12262 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12263 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12264 'I',
12265 glyph->charpos,
12266 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12267 ? 'B'
12268 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12269 ? 'S'
12270 : '-')),
12271 glyph->pixel_width,
12272 glyph->u.img_id,
12273 '.',
12274 glyph->face_id,
12275 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12276 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12281 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
12282 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
12283 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
12284 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
12286 void
12287 dump_glyph_row (row, vpos, glyphs)
12288 struct glyph_row *row;
12289 int vpos, glyphs;
12291 if (glyphs != 1)
12293 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
12294 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
12296 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
12297 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
12298 vpos,
12299 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
12300 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
12301 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
12302 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
12303 row->enabled_p,
12304 row->truncated_on_left_p,
12305 row->truncated_on_right_p,
12306 row->overlay_arrow_p,
12307 row->continued_p,
12308 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
12309 row->displays_text_p,
12310 row->ends_at_zv_p,
12311 row->fill_line_p,
12312 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
12313 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
12314 row->mouse_face_p,
12315 row->x,
12316 row->y,
12317 row->pixel_width,
12318 row->height,
12319 row->visible_height,
12320 row->ascent,
12321 row->phys_ascent);
12322 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\t%5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
12323 row->end.overlay_string_index,
12324 row->continuation_lines_width);
12325 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
12326 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
12327 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
12328 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
12329 row->end.dpvec_index);
12332 if (glyphs > 1)
12334 int area;
12336 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12338 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area];
12339 struct glyph *glyph_end = glyph + row->used[area];
12341 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
12342 if (area == TEXT_AREA && glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
12343 ++glyph_end;
12345 if (glyph < glyph_end)
12346 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
12348 for (; glyph < glyph_end; ++glyph)
12349 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area);
12352 else if (glyphs == 1)
12354 int area;
12356 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12358 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[area] + 1);
12359 int i;
12361 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
12363 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area] + i;
12364 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12365 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
12366 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
12367 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
12368 else
12369 s[i] = '.';
12372 s[i] = '\0';
12373 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
12379 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
12380 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
12381 doc: /* Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.
12382 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil
12383 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show
12384 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form. */)
12385 (glyphs)
12386 Lisp_Object glyphs;
12388 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
12389 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12391 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
12392 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
12393 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
12394 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
12395 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
12396 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
12397 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
12398 return Qnil;
12402 DEFUN ("dump-frame-glyph-matrix", Fdump_frame_glyph_matrix,
12403 Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix, 0, 0, "", doc: /* */)
12406 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame);
12407 dump_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix, 1);
12408 return Qnil;
12412 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
12413 doc: /* Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.
12414 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
12415 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
12416 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
12417 (row, glyphs)
12418 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
12420 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
12421 int vpos;
12423 CHECK_NUMBER (row);
12424 matrix = XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix;
12425 vpos = XINT (row);
12426 if (vpos >= 0 && vpos < matrix->nrows)
12427 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos),
12428 vpos,
12429 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
12430 return Qnil;
12434 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
12435 doc: /* Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.
12436 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
12437 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
12438 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
12439 (row, glyphs)
12440 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
12442 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
12443 struct glyph_matrix *m = XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix;
12444 int vpos;
12446 CHECK_NUMBER (row);
12447 vpos = XINT (row);
12448 if (vpos >= 0 && vpos < m->nrows)
12449 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (m, vpos), vpos,
12450 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
12451 return Qnil;
12455 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay", Ftrace_redisplay, Strace_redisplay, 0, 1, "P",
12456 doc: /* Toggle tracing of redisplay.
12457 With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive. */)
12458 (arg)
12459 Lisp_Object arg;
12461 if (NILP (arg))
12462 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
12463 else
12465 arg = Fprefix_numeric_value (arg);
12466 trace_redisplay_p = XINT (arg) > 0;
12469 return Qnil;
12473 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, MANY, "",
12474 doc: /* Like `format', but print result to stderr. */)
12475 (nargs, args)
12476 int nargs;
12477 Lisp_Object *args;
12479 Lisp_Object s = Fformat (nargs, args);
12480 fprintf (stderr, "%s", SDATA (s));
12481 return Qnil;
12484 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
12488 /***********************************************************************
12489 Building Desired Matrix Rows
12490 ***********************************************************************/
12492 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
12493 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
12495 static struct glyph_row *
12496 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
12497 struct window *w;
12499 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12500 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12501 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12502 unsigned char *arrow_string = SDATA (Voverlay_arrow_string);
12503 int arrow_len = SCHARS (Voverlay_arrow_string);
12504 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
12505 unsigned char *p;
12506 struct it it;
12507 int multibyte_p;
12508 int n_glyphs_before;
12510 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
12511 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
12512 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
12513 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
12515 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
12516 p = arrow_string;
12517 while (p < arrow_end)
12519 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
12521 /* Get the next character. */
12522 if (multibyte_p)
12523 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
12524 else
12525 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
12526 p += it.len;
12528 /* Get its face. */
12529 ilisp = make_number (p - arrow_string);
12530 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
12531 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
12533 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
12534 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12535 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
12536 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
12538 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
12539 to remove some glyphs. */
12540 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
12542 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12543 break;
12547 set_buffer_temp (old);
12548 return it.glyph_row;
12552 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
12553 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
12554 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
12555 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
12556 produce_special_glyphs. */
12558 static void
12559 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
12560 struct it *it;
12562 struct it truncate_it;
12563 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
12565 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
12567 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
12568 truncate_it = *it;
12569 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
12570 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12571 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
12572 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
12573 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
12574 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
12575 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12577 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
12578 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12579 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12580 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12581 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12583 while (from < end)
12584 *to++ = *from++;
12586 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
12587 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
12589 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12590 while (from < end)
12591 *to++ = *from++;
12594 if (to > toend)
12595 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12599 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
12601 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
12602 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
12603 structure. This is not the case if
12605 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
12606 and max_height will be zero.
12608 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
12609 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
12610 pixmap extensions).
12612 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
12613 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
12614 must not be zero. */
12616 static void
12617 compute_line_metrics (it)
12618 struct it *it;
12620 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12621 int area, i;
12623 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12625 int i, min_y, max_y;
12627 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
12628 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
12629 computed yet. */
12630 if (row->height == 0)
12632 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
12633 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
12634 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12635 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12636 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12637 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12640 /* Compute the width of this line. */
12641 row->pixel_width = row->x;
12642 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
12643 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
12645 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
12646 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
12648 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
12649 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
12651 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
12652 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
12653 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
12654 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
12655 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
12657 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
12658 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
12661 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
12662 row->visible_height = row->height;
12664 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
12665 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
12667 if (row->y < min_y)
12668 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
12669 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
12670 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
12672 else
12674 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12675 if (row->continued_p)
12676 row->pixel_width -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
12677 else if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
12678 row->pixel_width -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
12679 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
12680 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
12683 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
12684 row->hash = 0;
12685 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12686 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
12687 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
12688 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
12689 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
12690 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
12691 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
12693 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
12694 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
12698 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
12699 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
12700 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
12701 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
12703 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
12704 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
12705 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
12706 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
12708 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
12709 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
12711 static int
12712 append_space (it, default_face_p)
12713 struct it *it;
12714 int default_face_p;
12716 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12718 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12720 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
12721 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12723 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
12724 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
12725 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
12726 append_space has been called. */
12727 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12728 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
12729 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12730 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12731 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12732 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12733 struct face *face;
12735 saved_object = it->object;
12736 saved_pos = it->position;
12738 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12739 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12740 it->object = make_number (0);
12741 it->c = ' ';
12742 it->len = 1;
12744 if (default_face_p)
12745 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12746 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12747 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
12748 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12749 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
12751 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12753 it->current_x = saved_x;
12754 it->object = saved_object;
12755 it->position = saved_pos;
12756 it->what = saved_what;
12757 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12758 it->len = saved_len;
12759 it->c = saved_c;
12760 return 1;
12764 return 0;
12768 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
12769 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
12770 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
12771 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
12773 static void
12774 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
12775 struct it *it;
12777 struct face *face;
12778 struct frame *f = it->f;
12780 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
12781 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12782 return;
12784 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
12785 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
12786 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
12787 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12788 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
12789 else
12790 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
12792 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
12793 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
12794 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
12795 && !face->stipple)
12796 return;
12798 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
12799 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
12800 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
12802 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
12803 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
12804 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
12805 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
12806 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
12808 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
12811 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12813 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
12814 so that we know which face to draw. */
12815 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12817 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
12818 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
12819 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
12822 else
12824 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
12825 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12826 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12827 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12828 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12829 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12831 saved_object = it->object;
12832 saved_pos = it->position;
12834 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12835 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12836 it->object = make_number (0);
12837 it->c = ' ';
12838 it->len = 1;
12839 it->face_id = face->id;
12841 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12843 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
12844 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12846 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
12847 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
12848 it->current_x = saved_x;
12849 it->object = saved_object;
12850 it->position = saved_pos;
12851 it->what = saved_what;
12852 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12857 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
12858 trailing whitespace. */
12860 static int
12861 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
12862 int charpos;
12864 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
12865 int c = 0;
12867 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
12868 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
12869 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
12870 ++bytepos;
12872 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
12874 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
12875 return 1;
12877 return 0;
12881 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12883 void
12884 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12885 struct frame *f;
12886 struct glyph_row *row;
12888 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12890 if (used)
12892 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12893 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12895 /* Skip over glyphs inserted to display the cursor at the
12896 end of a line, for extending the face of the last glyph
12897 to the end of the line on terminals, and for truncation
12898 and continuation glyphs. */
12899 while (glyph >= start
12900 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12901 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12902 --glyph;
12904 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12905 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12906 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12907 if (glyph >= start
12908 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12909 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12910 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12911 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12912 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12914 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12916 while (glyph >= start
12917 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12918 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12919 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12920 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12921 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12927 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12928 used to hold the cursor. */
12930 static int
12931 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12932 struct window *w;
12933 struct glyph_row *row;
12935 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12937 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12939 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12940 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12941 newline). */
12942 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12943 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12944 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12946 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12947 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12948 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12949 cursor_row_p = 1;
12950 else
12951 cursor_row_p = 0;
12954 return cursor_row_p;
12958 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12959 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12960 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12961 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12962 only. */
12964 static int
12965 display_line (it)
12966 struct it *it;
12968 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12970 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12971 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12973 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12974 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12975 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12977 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12978 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12980 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12981 prepare_desired_row (row);
12983 row->y = it->current_y;
12984 row->start = it->current;
12985 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12986 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12987 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12988 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12990 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12991 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12992 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12993 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12994 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12995 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12997 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12998 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12999 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
13000 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13001 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
13002 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13004 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
13005 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
13006 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13007 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13008 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13009 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13011 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
13012 character to display. */
13013 while (1)
13015 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
13016 int x, i, nglyphs;
13017 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
13019 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
13020 buffer reached. */
13021 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13023 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
13024 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
13025 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
13026 to -1. */
13027 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
13028 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
13030 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
13031 row->displays_text_p = 0;
13033 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines)
13034 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (it->w)
13035 || (minibuf_level && EQ (it->window, minibuf_window))))
13036 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
13039 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13040 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
13041 break;
13044 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
13045 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
13046 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13047 x = it->current_x;
13049 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
13050 fit on the line. */
13051 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
13053 ascent = it->max_ascent;
13054 descent = it->max_descent;
13055 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13056 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
13059 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13061 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
13062 the next one. */
13063 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
13065 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13066 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13067 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13068 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13069 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13070 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13071 continue;
13074 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
13075 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
13076 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
13077 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
13078 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
13079 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
13080 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
13081 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
13082 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
13083 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13084 hpos_before = it->hpos;
13085 x_before = x;
13087 if (/* Not a newline. */
13088 nglyphs > 0
13089 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
13090 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
13092 it->hpos += nglyphs;
13093 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13094 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13095 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13096 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13097 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13098 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
13099 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13101 else
13103 int new_x;
13104 struct glyph *glyph;
13106 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
13108 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13109 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
13111 if (/* Lines are continued. */
13112 !it->truncate_lines_p
13113 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
13114 new_x > it->last_visible_x
13115 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
13116 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
13117 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
13119 /* End of a continued line. */
13121 if (it->hpos == 0
13122 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
13123 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
13125 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
13126 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
13127 the line because we can't draw the cursor
13128 after the glyph. */
13129 row->continued_p = 1;
13130 it->current_x = new_x;
13131 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
13132 ++it->hpos;
13133 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
13134 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13136 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
13137 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13139 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
13140 This means the whole character doesn't fit
13141 on the line. */
13142 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13144 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
13145 glyphs like in 20.x. */
13146 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
13147 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
13148 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
13150 row->continued_p = 1;
13151 it->current_x = x_before;
13152 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
13154 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
13155 element not fitting on the line. */
13156 it->max_ascent = ascent;
13157 it->max_descent = descent;
13158 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
13159 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
13161 else if (it->c == '\t' && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13163 /* A TAB that extends past the right edge of the
13164 window. This produces a single glyph on
13165 window system frames. We leave the glyph in
13166 this row and let it fill the row, but don't
13167 consume the TAB. */
13168 it->continuation_lines_width += it->last_visible_x;
13169 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13170 row->continued_p = 1;
13171 glyph->pixel_width = it->last_visible_x - x;
13172 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13174 else
13176 /* Something other than a TAB that draws past
13177 the right edge of the window. Restore
13178 positions to values before the element. */
13179 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13181 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
13182 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13183 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
13184 row->continued_p = 1;
13186 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
13188 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
13190 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13191 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13194 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
13195 element not fitting on the line. */
13196 it->max_ascent = ascent;
13197 it->max_descent = descent;
13198 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
13199 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
13202 break;
13204 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
13206 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
13207 ++it->hpos;
13209 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13210 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
13211 negative X position. */
13212 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13214 else
13216 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
13217 window. This should not happen because of the
13218 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
13219 this function. */
13220 abort ();
13224 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13225 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13226 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13227 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13228 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13230 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
13231 if (row->continued_p)
13232 break;
13235 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
13236 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
13237 margin of the window. */
13238 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13240 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13242 row->ends_in_newline_from_string_p = STRINGP (it->object);
13244 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
13245 display the cursor there. */
13246 append_space (it, 0);
13248 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
13249 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
13251 /* Make sure we have the position. */
13252 if (used_before == 0)
13253 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
13255 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
13256 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13257 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13258 break;
13261 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
13262 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
13263 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13265 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
13266 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
13267 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13268 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
13269 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13270 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
13272 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
13273 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13275 int i, n;
13277 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13278 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13279 break;
13281 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13283 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13284 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13288 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13289 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13290 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
13291 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
13292 it->hpos = hpos_before;
13293 it->current_x = x_before;
13294 break;
13298 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
13299 at the left window margin. */
13300 if (it->first_visible_x
13301 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
13303 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13304 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13305 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13308 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
13309 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
13310 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
13311 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
13312 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
13313 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
13314 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
13315 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
13316 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
13317 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
13319 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a fringe bitmap. */
13320 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13322 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
13323 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13324 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13325 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13326 struct glyph *p2, *end;
13328 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
13329 while (glyph < arrow_end)
13330 *p++ = *glyph++;
13332 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
13333 p2 = p;
13334 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13335 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
13336 ++p2;
13337 if (p2 > p)
13339 while (p2 < end)
13340 *p++ = *p2++;
13341 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13345 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
13346 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
13349 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
13350 compute_line_metrics (it);
13352 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
13353 row->end = it->current;
13355 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
13356 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
13357 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
13358 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
13359 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
13360 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13362 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
13363 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
13364 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
13366 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
13367 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
13368 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
13369 row to be used. */
13370 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
13371 it->current_y += row->height;
13372 ++it->vpos;
13373 ++it->glyph_row;
13374 return row->displays_text_p;
13379 /***********************************************************************
13380 Menu Bar
13381 ***********************************************************************/
13383 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
13385 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
13386 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
13388 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
13389 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
13390 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
13391 for the menu bar. */
13393 static void
13394 display_menu_bar (w)
13395 struct window *w;
13397 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13398 struct it it;
13399 Lisp_Object items;
13400 int i;
13402 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
13403 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
13404 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
13405 return;
13406 #endif
13407 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13408 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
13409 return;
13410 #endif
13411 #ifdef MAC_OS
13412 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
13413 return;
13414 #endif
13416 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13417 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
13418 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
13419 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13420 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
13421 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13422 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13424 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
13425 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
13426 struct window *menu_w;
13427 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
13428 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
13429 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
13430 MENU_FACE_ID);
13431 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13432 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
13434 else
13436 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
13437 pixel x/y. */
13438 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
13439 MENU_FACE_ID);
13440 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13441 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
13443 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13445 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
13446 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
13447 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
13449 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
13450 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
13452 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
13453 clear_glyph_row (row);
13454 row->enabled_p = 1;
13455 row->full_width_p = 1;
13458 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
13459 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
13460 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
13462 Lisp_Object string;
13464 /* Stop at nil string. */
13465 string = AREF (items, i + 1);
13466 if (NILP (string))
13467 break;
13469 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
13470 AREF (items, i + 3) = make_number (it.hpos);
13472 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
13473 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
13474 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
13475 SCHARS (string) + 1, 0, 0, -1);
13478 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
13479 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
13480 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
13482 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
13483 compute_line_metrics (&it);
13488 /***********************************************************************
13489 Mode Line
13490 ***********************************************************************/
13492 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
13493 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
13494 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
13495 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
13497 static int
13498 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
13499 Lisp_Object window;
13500 int force;
13502 int nwindows = 0;
13504 while (!NILP (window))
13506 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
13508 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
13509 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
13510 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
13511 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
13512 else if (force
13513 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
13514 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
13516 struct text_pos lpoint;
13517 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
13519 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
13520 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
13521 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
13523 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
13524 other window, set up appropriate value. */
13525 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
13527 struct text_pos pt;
13529 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
13530 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
13531 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
13532 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
13533 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
13534 else
13535 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
13538 /* Display mode lines. */
13539 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
13540 if (display_mode_lines (w))
13542 ++nwindows;
13543 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
13546 /* Restore old settings. */
13547 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
13548 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
13551 window = w->next;
13554 return nwindows;
13558 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
13559 of mode lines displayed. */
13561 static int
13562 display_mode_lines (w)
13563 struct window *w;
13565 Lisp_Object old_selected_window, old_selected_frame;
13566 int n = 0;
13568 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
13569 selected_frame = w->frame;
13570 old_selected_window = selected_window;
13571 XSETWINDOW (selected_window, w);
13573 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
13574 line_number_displayed = 0;
13575 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
13577 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
13579 struct window *sel_w = XWINDOW (old_selected_window);
13581 /* Select mode line face based on the real selected window. */
13582 display_mode_line (w, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID_3 (sel_w, sel_w, w),
13583 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
13584 ++n;
13587 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
13589 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
13590 current_buffer->header_line_format);
13591 ++n;
13594 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
13595 selected_window = old_selected_window;
13596 return n;
13600 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
13601 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
13602 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
13603 height of the mode line displayed. */
13605 static int
13606 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
13607 struct window *w;
13608 enum face_id face_id;
13609 Lisp_Object format;
13611 struct it it;
13612 struct face *face;
13614 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
13615 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
13617 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
13618 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
13619 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
13621 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
13622 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
13623 values. */
13624 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
13625 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format, Qnil, 0);
13626 pop_frame_kboard ();
13628 /* Fill up with spaces. */
13629 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
13631 compute_line_metrics (&it);
13632 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
13633 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
13634 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
13635 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
13636 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
13638 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
13639 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
13640 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
13641 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
13643 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
13644 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
13645 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
13648 return it.glyph_row->height;
13651 /* Alist that caches the results of :propertize.
13652 Each element is (PROPERTIZED-STRING . PROPERTY-LIST). */
13653 Lisp_Object mode_line_proptrans_alist;
13655 /* List of strings making up the mode-line. */
13656 Lisp_Object mode_line_string_list;
13658 /* Base face property when building propertized mode line string. */
13659 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face;
13660 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face_prop;
13663 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
13664 translates into text depends on its data type.
13666 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
13668 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
13669 infinite recursion here.
13671 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
13672 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
13673 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
13674 display_string for details.
13676 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT.
13678 PROPS is a property list to add to any string we encounter.
13680 If RISKY is nonzero, remove (disregard) any properties in any string
13681 we encounter, and ignore :eval and :propertize.
13683 If the global variable `frame_title_ptr' is non-NULL, then the output
13684 is passed to `store_frame_title' instead of `display_string'. */
13686 static int
13687 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt, props, risky)
13688 struct it *it;
13689 int depth;
13690 int field_width, precision;
13691 Lisp_Object elt, props;
13692 int risky;
13694 int n = 0, field, prec;
13695 int literal = 0;
13697 tail_recurse:
13698 if (depth > 10)
13699 goto invalid;
13701 depth++;
13703 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
13705 case Lisp_String:
13707 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
13708 unsigned char c;
13709 unsigned char *this, *lisp_string;
13711 if (!NILP (props) || risky)
13713 Lisp_Object oprops, aelt;
13714 oprops = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), elt);
13716 if (NILP (Fequal (props, oprops)) || risky)
13718 /* If the starting string has properties,
13719 merge the specified ones onto the existing ones. */
13720 if (! NILP (oprops) && !risky)
13722 Lisp_Object tem;
13724 oprops = Fcopy_sequence (oprops);
13725 tem = props;
13726 while (CONSP (tem))
13728 oprops = Fplist_put (oprops, XCAR (tem),
13729 XCAR (XCDR (tem)));
13730 tem = XCDR (XCDR (tem));
13732 props = oprops;
13735 aelt = Fassoc (elt, mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13736 if (! NILP (aelt) && !NILP (Fequal (props, XCDR (aelt))))
13738 mode_line_proptrans_alist
13739 = Fcons (aelt, Fdelq (aelt, mode_line_proptrans_alist));
13740 elt = XCAR (aelt);
13742 else
13744 Lisp_Object tem;
13746 elt = Fcopy_sequence (elt);
13747 Fset_text_properties (make_number (0), Flength (elt),
13748 props, elt);
13749 /* Add this item to mode_line_proptrans_alist. */
13750 mode_line_proptrans_alist
13751 = Fcons (Fcons (elt, props),
13752 mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13753 /* Truncate mode_line_proptrans_alist
13754 to at most 50 elements. */
13755 tem = Fnthcdr (make_number (50),
13756 mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13757 if (! NILP (tem))
13758 XSETCDR (tem, Qnil);
13763 this = SDATA (elt);
13764 lisp_string = this;
13766 if (literal)
13768 prec = precision - n;
13769 if (frame_title_ptr)
13770 n += store_frame_title (SDATA (elt), -1, prec);
13771 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
13772 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL, elt, 1, 0, prec, Qnil);
13773 else
13774 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
13775 0, prec, 0, STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt));
13777 break;
13780 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
13781 && *this
13782 && (frame_title_ptr
13783 || !NILP (mode_line_string_list)
13784 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
13786 unsigned char *last = this;
13788 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
13789 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
13792 if (this - 1 != last)
13794 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
13795 is length of string. Don't output more than
13796 PRECISION allows us. */
13797 --this;
13799 prec = chars_in_text (last, this - last);
13800 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
13801 prec = precision - n;
13803 if (frame_title_ptr)
13804 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
13805 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
13807 int bytepos = last - lisp_string;
13808 int charpos = string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos);
13809 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL,
13810 Fsubstring (elt, make_number (charpos),
13811 make_number (charpos + prec)),
13812 0, 0, 0, Qnil);
13814 else
13816 int bytepos = last - lisp_string;
13817 int charpos = string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos);
13818 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, charpos,
13819 it, 0, prec, 0,
13820 STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt));
13823 else /* c == '%' */
13825 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
13827 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
13828 don't pad. */
13829 field = 0;
13830 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
13831 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
13833 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
13834 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
13835 field = field_width - n;
13837 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
13838 prec = precision - n;
13840 if (c == 'M')
13841 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
13842 Vglobal_mode_string, props,
13843 risky);
13844 else if (c != 0)
13846 int multibyte;
13847 int bytepos, charpos;
13848 unsigned char *spec;
13850 bytepos = percent_position - lisp_string;
13851 charpos = (STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt)
13852 ? string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos)
13853 : bytepos);
13855 spec
13856 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec, &multibyte);
13858 if (frame_title_ptr)
13859 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
13860 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
13862 int len = strlen (spec);
13863 Lisp_Object tem = make_string (spec, len);
13864 props = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (charpos), elt);
13865 /* Should only keep face property in props */
13866 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL, tem, 0, field, prec, props);
13868 else
13870 int nglyphs_before, nwritten;
13872 nglyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13873 nwritten = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt,
13874 charpos, 0, it,
13875 field, prec, 0,
13876 multibyte);
13878 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
13879 string where the `%x' came from, position
13880 of the `%'. */
13881 if (nwritten > 0)
13883 struct glyph *glyph
13884 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
13885 + nglyphs_before);
13886 int i;
13888 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
13890 glyph[i].object = elt;
13891 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
13894 n += nwritten;
13898 else /* c == 0 */
13899 break;
13903 break;
13905 case Lisp_Symbol:
13906 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
13907 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
13908 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
13909 literally. */
13911 register Lisp_Object tem;
13913 /* If the variable is not marked as risky to set
13914 then its contents are risky to use. */
13915 if (NILP (Fget (elt, Qrisky_local_variable)))
13916 risky = 1;
13918 tem = Fboundp (elt);
13919 if (!NILP (tem))
13921 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
13922 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
13923 don't check for % within it. */
13924 if (STRINGP (tem))
13925 literal = 1;
13927 if (!EQ (tem, elt))
13929 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
13930 elt = tem;
13931 goto tail_recurse;
13935 break;
13937 case Lisp_Cons:
13939 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
13941 /* A cons cell: five distinct cases.
13942 If first element is :eval or :propertize, do something special.
13943 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
13944 and effectively concatenate them.
13945 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
13946 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
13947 to at least that many characters.
13948 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
13949 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
13950 car = XCAR (elt);
13951 if (EQ (car, QCeval))
13953 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
13954 and use the result as mode line elements. */
13956 if (risky)
13957 break;
13959 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
13961 Lisp_Object spec;
13962 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
13963 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13964 precision - n, spec, props,
13965 risky);
13968 else if (EQ (car, QCpropertize))
13970 /* An element of the form (:propertize ELT PROPS...)
13971 means display ELT but applying properties PROPS. */
13973 if (risky)
13974 break;
13976 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
13977 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13978 precision - n, XCAR (XCDR (elt)),
13979 XCDR (XCDR (elt)), risky);
13981 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
13983 tem = Fboundp (car);
13984 elt = XCDR (elt);
13985 if (!CONSP (elt))
13986 goto invalid;
13987 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
13988 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
13989 if (!NILP (tem))
13991 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
13992 if (!NILP (tem))
13994 elt = XCAR (elt);
13995 goto tail_recurse;
13998 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
13999 Get the cddr of the original list
14000 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
14001 elt = XCDR (elt);
14002 if (NILP (elt))
14003 break;
14004 else if (!CONSP (elt))
14005 goto invalid;
14006 elt = XCAR (elt);
14007 goto tail_recurse;
14009 else if (INTEGERP (car))
14011 register int lim = XINT (car);
14012 elt = XCDR (elt);
14013 if (lim < 0)
14015 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
14016 if (precision <= 0)
14017 precision = -lim;
14018 else
14019 precision = min (precision, -lim);
14021 else if (lim > 0)
14023 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
14024 current maximum. */
14025 if (precision > 0)
14026 lim = min (precision, lim);
14028 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
14029 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
14030 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
14031 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
14033 goto tail_recurse;
14035 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
14037 register int limit = 50;
14038 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
14039 while (CONSP (elt)
14040 && --limit > 0
14041 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
14043 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
14044 precision - n, XCAR (elt),
14045 props, risky);
14046 elt = XCDR (elt);
14050 break;
14052 default:
14053 invalid:
14054 if (frame_title_ptr)
14055 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
14056 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14057 n += store_mode_line_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, 0, 0, precision - n, Qnil);
14058 else
14059 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
14060 precision - n, 0, 0);
14061 return n;
14064 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
14065 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
14067 if (frame_title_ptr)
14068 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
14069 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14070 n += store_mode_line_string ("", Qnil, 0, field_width - n, 0, Qnil);
14071 else
14072 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
14073 0, 0, 0);
14076 return n;
14079 /* Store a mode-line string element in mode_line_string_list.
14081 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
14082 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
14084 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
14085 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
14086 with spaces. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
14088 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
14089 STRING. PRECISION <= 0 means don't truncate the string.
14091 If COPY_STRING is non-zero, make a copy of LISP_STRING before adding
14092 properties to the string.
14094 PROPS are the properties to add to the string.
14095 The mode_line_string_face face property is always added to the string.
14098 static int store_mode_line_string (string, lisp_string, copy_string, field_width, precision, props)
14099 char *string;
14100 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
14101 int copy_string;
14102 int field_width;
14103 int precision;
14104 Lisp_Object props;
14106 int len;
14107 int n = 0;
14109 if (string != NULL)
14111 len = strlen (string);
14112 if (precision > 0 && len > precision)
14113 len = precision;
14114 lisp_string = make_string (string, len);
14115 if (NILP (props))
14116 props = mode_line_string_face_prop;
14117 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face))
14119 Lisp_Object face = Fplist_get (props, Qface);
14120 props = Fcopy_sequence (props);
14121 if (NILP (face))
14122 face = mode_line_string_face;
14123 else
14124 face = Fcons (face, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14125 props = Fplist_put (props, Qface, face);
14127 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len),
14128 props, lisp_string);
14130 else
14132 len = XFASTINT (Flength (lisp_string));
14133 if (precision > 0 && len > precision)
14135 len = precision;
14136 lisp_string = Fsubstring (lisp_string, make_number (0), make_number (len));
14137 precision = -1;
14139 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face))
14141 Lisp_Object face;
14142 if (NILP (props))
14143 props = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), lisp_string);
14144 face = Fplist_get (props, Qface);
14145 if (NILP (face))
14146 face = mode_line_string_face;
14147 else
14148 face = Fcons (face, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14149 props = Fcons (Qface, Fcons (face, Qnil));
14150 if (copy_string)
14151 lisp_string = Fcopy_sequence (lisp_string);
14153 if (!NILP (props))
14154 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len),
14155 props, lisp_string);
14158 if (len > 0)
14160 mode_line_string_list = Fcons (lisp_string, mode_line_string_list);
14161 n += len;
14164 if (field_width > len)
14166 field_width -= len;
14167 lisp_string = Fmake_string (make_number (field_width), make_number (' '));
14168 if (!NILP (props))
14169 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (field_width),
14170 props, lisp_string);
14171 mode_line_string_list = Fcons (lisp_string, mode_line_string_list);
14172 n += field_width;
14175 return n;
14179 DEFUN ("format-mode-line", Fformat_mode_line, Sformat_mode_line,
14180 0, 3, 0,
14181 doc: /* Return the mode-line of selected window as a string.
14182 First optional arg FORMAT specifies a different format string (see
14183 `mode-line-format' for details) to use. If FORMAT is t, return
14184 the buffer's header-line. Second optional arg WINDOW specifies a
14185 different window to use as the context for the formatting.
14186 If third optional arg NO-PROPS is non-nil, string is not propertized. */)
14187 (format, window, no_props)
14188 Lisp_Object format, window, no_props;
14190 struct it it;
14191 int len;
14192 struct window *w;
14193 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
14194 enum face_id face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
14196 if (NILP (window))
14197 window = selected_window;
14198 CHECK_WINDOW (window);
14199 w = XWINDOW (window);
14200 CHECK_BUFFER (w->buffer);
14202 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
14204 old_buffer = current_buffer;
14205 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
14208 if (NILP (format) || EQ (format, Qt))
14210 face_id = NILP (format)
14211 ? CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w) :
14212 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID;
14213 format = NILP (format)
14214 ? current_buffer->mode_line_format
14215 : current_buffer->header_line_format;
14218 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
14220 if (NILP (no_props))
14222 mode_line_string_face =
14223 (face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID ? Qmode_line :
14224 face_id == MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID ? Qmode_line_inactive :
14225 face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID ? Qheader_line : Qnil);
14227 mode_line_string_face_prop =
14228 NILP (mode_line_string_face) ? Qnil :
14229 Fcons (Qface, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14231 /* We need a dummy last element in mode_line_string_list to
14232 indicate we are building the propertized mode-line string.
14233 Using mode_line_string_face_prop here GC protects it. */
14234 mode_line_string_list =
14235 Fcons (mode_line_string_face_prop, Qnil);
14236 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14238 else
14240 mode_line_string_face_prop = Qnil;
14241 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
14242 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
14245 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
14246 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format, Qnil, 0);
14247 pop_frame_kboard ();
14249 if (old_buffer)
14250 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
14252 if (NILP (no_props))
14254 Lisp_Object str;
14255 mode_line_string_list = Fnreverse (mode_line_string_list);
14256 str = Fmapconcat (intern ("identity"), XCDR (mode_line_string_list),
14257 make_string ("", 0));
14258 mode_line_string_face_prop = Qnil;
14259 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
14260 return str;
14263 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
14264 if (len > 0 && frame_title_ptr[-1] == '-')
14266 /* Mode lines typically ends with numerous dashes; reduce to two dashes. */
14267 while (frame_title_ptr > frame_title_buf && *--frame_title_ptr == '-')
14269 frame_title_ptr += 3; /* restore last non-dash + two dashes */
14270 if (len > frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf)
14271 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
14274 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14275 return make_string (frame_title_buf, len);
14278 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
14279 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
14281 static void
14282 pint2str (buf, width, d)
14283 register char *buf;
14284 register int width;
14285 register int d;
14287 register char *p = buf;
14289 if (d <= 0)
14290 *p++ = '0';
14291 else
14293 while (d > 0)
14295 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
14296 d /= 10;
14300 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
14301 *p++ = ' ';
14302 *p-- = '\0';
14303 while (p > buf)
14305 d = *buf;
14306 *buf++ = *p;
14307 *p-- = d;
14311 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
14312 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
14313 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
14315 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
14317 static char *
14318 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
14319 Lisp_Object coding_system;
14320 register char *buf;
14321 int eol_flag;
14323 Lisp_Object val;
14324 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
14325 unsigned char *eol_str;
14326 int eol_str_len;
14327 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
14328 Lisp_Object eoltype;
14330 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
14331 eoltype = Qnil;
14333 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
14335 if (multibyte)
14336 *buf++ = '-';
14337 if (eol_flag)
14338 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14339 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
14341 else
14343 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
14345 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
14347 if (multibyte)
14348 *buf++ = XFASTINT (AREF (val, 1));
14350 if (eol_flag)
14352 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
14354 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
14355 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14356 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
14357 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14358 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
14359 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
14360 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
14361 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
14362 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
14366 if (eol_flag)
14368 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
14369 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
14371 eol_str = SDATA (eoltype);
14372 eol_str_len = SBYTES (eoltype);
14374 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
14375 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
14377 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
14378 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
14380 else
14382 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
14383 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
14385 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
14386 buf += eol_str_len;
14389 return buf;
14392 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
14393 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
14394 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
14395 string returned with spaces to that value. Return 1 in *MULTIBYTE
14396 if the result is multibyte text. */
14398 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
14400 static char *
14401 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision, multibyte)
14402 struct window *w;
14403 register int c;
14404 int field_width, precision;
14405 int *multibyte;
14407 Lisp_Object obj;
14408 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
14409 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
14410 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
14412 obj = Qnil;
14413 *multibyte = 0;
14415 switch (c)
14417 case '*':
14418 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
14419 return "%";
14420 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14421 return "*";
14422 return "-";
14424 case '+':
14425 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
14426 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14427 return "*";
14428 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
14429 return "%";
14430 return "-";
14432 case '&':
14433 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
14434 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14435 return "*";
14436 return "-";
14438 case '%':
14439 return "%";
14441 case '[':
14443 int i;
14444 char *p;
14446 if (command_loop_level > 5)
14447 return "[[[... ";
14448 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14449 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
14450 *p++ = '[';
14451 *p = 0;
14452 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14455 case ']':
14457 int i;
14458 char *p;
14460 if (command_loop_level > 5)
14461 return " ...]]]";
14462 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14463 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
14464 *p++ = ']';
14465 *p = 0;
14466 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14469 case '-':
14471 register int i;
14473 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
14474 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14475 return "--";
14476 if (field_width <= 0
14477 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
14479 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
14480 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
14481 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
14482 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14484 else
14485 return lots_of_dashes;
14488 case 'b':
14489 obj = b->name;
14490 break;
14492 case 'c':
14494 int col = (int) current_column (); /* iftc */
14495 w->column_number_displayed = make_number (col);
14496 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
14497 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14500 case 'F':
14501 /* %F displays the frame name. */
14502 if (!NILP (f->title))
14503 return (char *) SDATA (f->title);
14504 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
14505 return (char *) SDATA (f->name);
14506 return "Emacs";
14508 case 'f':
14509 obj = b->filename;
14510 break;
14512 case 'l':
14514 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
14515 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
14516 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
14517 int nlines, junk;
14518 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
14520 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
14521 don't forget that too fast. */
14522 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
14523 goto no_value;
14524 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
14525 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
14526 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
14528 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
14529 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
14530 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
14532 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
14533 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
14534 goto no_value;
14537 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
14538 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
14539 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
14541 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
14542 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
14543 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
14545 else
14547 line = 1;
14548 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
14549 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
14552 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
14553 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
14554 startpos_byte,
14555 startpos, &junk);
14557 topline = nlines + line;
14559 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
14560 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
14561 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
14562 go back past it. */
14563 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
14565 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline);
14566 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BUF_BEGV (b));
14568 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
14569 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
14571 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
14572 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
14573 int position;
14574 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
14576 if (startpos - distance > limit)
14578 limit = startpos - distance;
14579 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
14582 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
14583 limit_byte,
14584 - (height * 2 + 30),
14585 &position);
14586 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
14587 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
14588 give up on line numbers for this window. */
14589 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
14591 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
14592 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
14593 goto no_value;
14596 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline - nlines);
14597 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
14600 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
14601 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
14602 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
14604 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
14605 line_number_displayed = 1;
14607 /* Make the string to show. */
14608 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
14609 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14610 no_value:
14612 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14613 int pad = field_width - 2;
14614 while (pad-- > 0)
14615 *p++ = ' ';
14616 *p++ = '?';
14617 *p++ = '?';
14618 *p = '\0';
14619 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14622 break;
14624 case 'm':
14625 obj = b->mode_name;
14626 break;
14628 case 'n':
14629 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
14630 return " Narrow";
14631 break;
14633 case 'p':
14635 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
14636 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
14638 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
14640 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14641 return "All";
14642 else
14643 return "Bottom";
14645 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14646 return "Top";
14647 else
14649 if (total > 1000000)
14650 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
14651 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
14652 else
14653 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
14654 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
14655 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
14656 if (total == 100)
14657 total = 99;
14658 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
14659 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14663 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
14664 case 'P':
14666 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
14667 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
14668 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
14670 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
14672 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14673 return "All";
14674 else
14675 return "Bottom";
14677 else
14679 if (total > 1000000)
14680 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
14681 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
14682 else
14683 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
14684 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
14685 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
14686 if (total == 100)
14687 total = 99;
14688 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14689 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
14690 else
14691 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
14692 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14696 case 's':
14697 /* status of process */
14698 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
14699 if (NILP (obj))
14700 return "no process";
14701 #ifdef subprocesses
14702 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
14703 #endif
14704 break;
14706 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
14707 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
14708 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
14709 #else
14710 return "T";
14711 #endif
14713 case 'z':
14714 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
14715 case 'Z':
14716 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
14718 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
14719 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14721 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
14723 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
14724 to do EOL conversion. */
14725 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
14726 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
14728 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
14729 p, eol_flag);
14731 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
14732 #ifdef subprocesses
14733 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
14734 if (PROCESSP (obj))
14736 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
14737 p, eol_flag);
14738 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
14739 p, eol_flag);
14741 #endif /* subprocesses */
14742 #endif /* 0 */
14743 *p = 0;
14744 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14748 if (STRINGP (obj))
14750 *multibyte = STRING_MULTIBYTE (obj);
14751 return (char *) SDATA (obj);
14753 else
14754 return "";
14758 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
14759 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
14760 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
14762 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
14764 static int
14765 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
14766 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
14767 int *byte_pos_ptr;
14769 register unsigned char *cursor;
14770 unsigned char *base;
14772 register int ceiling;
14773 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
14774 int orig_count = count;
14776 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
14777 check only for newlines. */
14778 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
14779 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
14781 if (count > 0)
14783 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
14785 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
14786 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
14787 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
14788 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
14789 while (1)
14791 if (selective_display)
14792 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
14794 else
14795 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
14798 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
14800 if (--count == 0)
14802 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
14803 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
14804 return orig_count;
14806 else
14807 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
14808 break;
14810 else
14811 break;
14813 start_byte += cursor - base;
14816 else
14818 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
14820 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
14821 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
14822 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
14823 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
14824 while (1)
14826 if (selective_display)
14827 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
14828 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
14830 else
14831 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
14834 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
14836 if (++count == 0)
14838 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
14839 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
14840 /* When scanning backwards, we should
14841 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
14842 return - orig_count - 1;
14845 else
14846 break;
14848 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
14849 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
14850 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
14854 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
14856 if (count < 0)
14857 return - orig_count + count;
14858 return orig_count - count;
14864 /***********************************************************************
14865 Displaying strings
14866 ***********************************************************************/
14868 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
14870 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
14871 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
14873 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
14874 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
14875 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
14877 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
14878 standard display table, temporarily.
14880 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
14881 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
14882 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
14883 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
14885 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
14886 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
14888 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
14890 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
14891 ----------------------------------------
14892 -1 -1 %s
14893 -1 10 %.10s
14894 10 -1 %10s
14895 20 10 %20.10s
14897 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
14898 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
14899 enable_multibyte_characters.
14901 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
14903 static int
14904 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
14905 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
14906 unsigned char *string;
14907 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
14908 Lisp_Object face_string;
14909 int face_string_pos;
14910 int start;
14911 struct it *it;
14912 int field_width, precision, max_x;
14913 int multibyte;
14915 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
14916 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
14917 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
14919 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
14920 with index START. */
14921 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
14922 precision, field_width, multibyte);
14924 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
14925 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
14926 if (STRINGP (face_string))
14928 int endptr;
14929 struct face *face;
14931 it->face_id
14932 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
14933 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
14934 it->region_end_charpos,
14935 &endptr, it->base_face_id, 0);
14936 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
14937 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
14940 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
14941 beyond the right edge of the window. */
14942 if (max_x <= 0)
14943 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
14944 else
14945 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
14947 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
14948 hscrolled. */
14949 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
14950 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
14951 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
14953 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
14954 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
14955 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
14956 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
14958 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
14959 past last_visible_x. */
14960 while (it->current_x < max_x)
14962 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
14964 /* Get the next display element. */
14965 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
14966 break;
14968 /* Produce glyphs. */
14969 x_before = it->current_x;
14970 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
14971 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
14973 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
14974 i = 0;
14975 x = x_before;
14976 while (i < nglyphs)
14978 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
14980 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
14981 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
14983 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
14984 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
14986 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
14987 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
14988 it->current_x = x_before;
14990 else
14992 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
14993 it->current_x = x;
14995 break;
14997 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
14999 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
15000 ++it->hpos;
15001 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
15002 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
15004 else
15006 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
15007 Should not happen. */
15008 abort ();
15011 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
15012 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
15013 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
15014 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
15015 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
15016 x += glyph->pixel_width;
15017 ++i;
15020 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
15021 if (i < nglyphs)
15022 break;
15024 /* Stop at line ends. */
15025 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
15027 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
15028 break;
15031 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
15033 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
15034 if (it->truncate_lines_p
15035 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
15037 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
15038 truncated at a padding space. */
15039 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
15041 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
15043 int i, n;
15045 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
15047 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
15048 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
15049 break;
15050 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
15052 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
15053 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
15056 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
15058 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
15060 break;
15064 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
15065 if (it->first_visible_x
15066 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
15068 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
15069 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
15070 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
15073 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
15075 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
15076 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
15081 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1/2 if PROPVAL
15082 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
15083 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
15084 way, and return 1/2 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
15085 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit.
15086 The return value is 2 if the text is invisible but with an ellipsis
15087 and 1 if it's invisible and without an ellipsis. */
15090 invisible_p (propval, list)
15091 register Lisp_Object propval;
15092 Lisp_Object list;
15094 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
15096 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
15098 register Lisp_Object tem;
15099 tem = XCAR (tail);
15100 if (EQ (propval, tem))
15101 return 1;
15102 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
15103 return NILP (XCDR (tem)) ? 1 : 2;
15106 if (CONSP (propval))
15108 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
15110 Lisp_Object propelt;
15111 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
15112 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
15114 register Lisp_Object tem;
15115 tem = XCAR (tail);
15116 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
15117 return 1;
15118 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
15119 return NILP (XCDR (tem)) ? 1 : 2;
15124 return 0;
15128 /***********************************************************************
15129 Initialization
15130 ***********************************************************************/
15132 void
15133 syms_of_xdisp ()
15135 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
15136 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
15138 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
15139 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
15141 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
15142 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
15144 message_dolog_marker1 = Fmake_marker ();
15145 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker1);
15146 message_dolog_marker2 = Fmake_marker ();
15147 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker2);
15148 message_dolog_marker3 = Fmake_marker ();
15149 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker3);
15151 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15152 defsubr (&Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix);
15153 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
15154 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
15155 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
15156 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay);
15157 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
15158 #endif
15159 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
15160 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
15161 #endif
15162 defsubr (&Sformat_mode_line);
15164 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
15165 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
15167 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
15168 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
15170 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
15171 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
15173 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
15174 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
15176 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
15177 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
15179 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
15180 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
15182 QCdata = intern (":data");
15183 staticpro (&QCdata);
15184 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
15185 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
15186 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
15187 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
15188 Qraise = intern ("raise");
15189 staticpro (&Qraise);
15190 Qspace = intern ("space");
15191 staticpro (&Qspace);
15192 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
15193 staticpro (&Qmargin);
15194 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
15195 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
15196 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
15197 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
15198 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
15199 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
15200 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
15201 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
15202 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
15203 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
15204 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
15205 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
15206 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
15207 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
15208 QCeval = intern (":eval");
15209 staticpro (&QCeval);
15210 QCpropertize = intern (":propertize");
15211 staticpro (&QCpropertize);
15212 Qwhen = intern ("when");
15213 staticpro (&Qwhen);
15214 QCfile = intern (":file");
15215 staticpro (&QCfile);
15216 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
15217 staticpro (&Qfontified);
15218 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
15219 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
15220 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
15221 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
15222 Qimage = intern ("image");
15223 staticpro (&Qimage);
15224 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
15225 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
15226 Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows = intern ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows");
15227 staticpro (&Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows);
15228 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
15229 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
15230 Qinhibit_menubar_update = intern ("inhibit-menubar-update");
15231 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update);
15232 Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay");
15233 staticpro (&Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay);
15234 Qposition = intern ("position");
15235 staticpro (&Qposition);
15236 Qbuffer_position = intern ("buffer-position");
15237 staticpro (&Qbuffer_position);
15238 Qobject = intern ("object");
15239 staticpro (&Qobject);
15240 Qrisky_local_variable = intern ("risky-local-variable");
15241 staticpro (&Qrisky_local_variable);
15243 list_of_error = Fcons (intern ("error"), Qnil);
15244 staticpro (&list_of_error);
15246 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
15247 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
15248 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
15249 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
15251 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
15252 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
15253 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
15255 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
15256 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
15257 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
15259 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
15260 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
15262 mode_line_proptrans_alist = Qnil;
15263 staticpro (&mode_line_proptrans_alist);
15265 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
15266 staticpro (&mode_line_string_list);
15268 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
15269 doc: /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
15270 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'. */);
15271 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
15273 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
15274 doc: /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.
15275 This is used for internal purposes. */);
15276 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
15278 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
15279 doc: /* String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'. */);
15280 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
15282 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
15283 doc: /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.
15284 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.
15285 See also `overlay-arrow-string'. */);
15286 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
15288 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
15289 doc: /* String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'. */);
15290 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
15292 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
15293 doc: /* *The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.
15294 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.
15295 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.
15296 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set
15297 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1. */);
15299 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
15300 doc: /* *Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.
15301 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically
15302 in the window. */);
15303 scroll_conservatively = 0;
15305 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
15306 doc: /* *Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.
15307 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines
15308 of the top or bottom of the window. */);
15309 scroll_margin = 0;
15311 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15312 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, doc: /* Don't ask. */);
15313 #endif
15315 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
15316 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
15317 doc: /* *Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide. */);
15318 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
15320 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
15321 doc: /* nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.
15322 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',
15323 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.
15325 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead. */);
15326 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
15328 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
15329 doc: /* *Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.
15330 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear
15331 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit. */);
15332 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
15334 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
15335 &line_number_display_limit_width,
15336 doc: /* *Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.
15337 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the
15338 line number may be omitted from the mode line. */);
15339 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
15341 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
15342 doc: /* *Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows. */);
15343 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
15345 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
15346 doc: /* Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.
15347 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.
15348 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing
15349 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'. */);
15351 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
15352 doc: /* Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.
15353 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
15354 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
15355 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
15356 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
15357 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
15358 doc: /* Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.
15359 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
15360 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
15361 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
15362 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
15363 Vicon_title_format
15364 = Vframe_title_format
15365 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
15366 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
15367 Fcons (Fcons (empty_string,
15368 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
15369 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
15370 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
15371 Qnil)))),
15372 Qnil)));
15374 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
15375 doc: /* Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.
15376 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate
15377 the buffer when it becomes large. */);
15378 Vmessage_log_max = make_number (50);
15380 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
15381 doc: /* Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.
15382 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.
15383 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed
15384 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,
15385 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument. */);
15386 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
15388 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
15389 doc: /* List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.
15390 Each function is called with two arguments, the window
15391 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'
15392 is not valid when these functions are called. */);
15393 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
15395 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
15396 doc: /* *Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.
15397 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.
15398 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines
15399 otherwise. */);
15400 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
15402 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
15403 doc: /* *Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them. */);
15404 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
15406 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
15407 doc: /* *Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.
15408 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.
15409 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ . VERT)' with
15410 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the
15411 vertical margin. */);
15412 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN);
15414 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
15415 doc: /* *Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons. */);
15416 tool_bar_button_relief = DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
15418 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
15419 doc: /* List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.
15420 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must
15421 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give
15422 fontified regions the property `fontified'. */);
15423 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
15424 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
15426 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
15427 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
15428 doc: /* *Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.
15429 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters
15430 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters
15431 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are
15432 displayed according to the current fontset. */);
15433 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
15435 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
15436 doc: /* *Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.
15437 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.
15438 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines. */);
15439 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
15441 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
15442 doc: /* *How to resize mini-windows.
15443 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.
15444 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.
15445 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow
15446 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows
15447 go back to their normal size. */);
15448 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
15450 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
15451 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
15452 doc: /* *Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.
15453 nil means don't display a cursor there. */);
15454 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
15456 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-hscroll-mode", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
15457 doc: /* *Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible. */);
15458 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
15460 DEFVAR_INT ("hscroll-margin", &hscroll_margin,
15461 doc: /* *How many columns away from the window edge point is allowed to get
15462 before automatic hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window. */);
15463 hscroll_margin = 5;
15465 DEFVAR_LISP ("hscroll-step", &Vhscroll_step,
15466 doc: /* *How many columns to scroll the window when point gets too close to the edge.
15467 When point is less than `automatic-hscroll-margin' columns from the window
15468 edge, automatic hscrolling will scroll the window by the amount of columns
15469 determined by this variable. If its value is a positive integer, scroll that
15470 many columns. If it's a positive floating-point number, it specifies the
15471 fraction of the window's width to scroll. If it's nil or zero, point will be
15472 centered horizontally after the scroll. Any other value, including negative
15473 numbers, are treated as if the value were zero.
15475 Automatic hscrolling always moves point outside the scroll margin, so if
15476 point was more than scroll step columns inside the margin, the window will
15477 scroll more than the value given by the scroll step.
15479 Note that the lower bound for automatic hscrolling specified by `scroll-left'
15480 and `scroll-right' overrides this variable's effect. */);
15481 Vhscroll_step = make_number (0);
15483 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
15484 doc: /* List of supported image types.
15485 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type. */);
15486 Vimage_types = Qnil;
15488 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
15489 doc: /* If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.
15490 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect. */);
15491 message_truncate_lines = 0;
15493 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
15494 doc: /* Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.
15495 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary. */);
15496 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
15498 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", &inhibit_menubar_update,
15499 doc: /* Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only. */);
15500 inhibit_menubar_update = 0;
15502 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay", &inhibit_eval_during_redisplay,
15503 doc: /* Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay. */);
15504 inhibit_eval_during_redisplay = 0;
15506 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15507 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-id", &inhibit_try_window_id,
15508 doc: /* Inhibit try_window_id display optimization. */);
15509 inhibit_try_window_id = 0;
15511 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-reusing", &inhibit_try_window_reusing,
15512 doc: /* Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization. */);
15513 inhibit_try_window_reusing = 0;
15515 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-cursor-movement", &inhibit_try_cursor_movement,
15516 doc: /* Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization. */);
15517 inhibit_try_cursor_movement = 0;
15518 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
15522 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
15524 void
15525 init_xdisp ()
15527 Lisp_Object root_window;
15528 struct window *mini_w;
15530 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
15532 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
15534 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
15535 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
15537 if (!noninteractive)
15539 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
15540 int i;
15542 XWINDOW (root_window)->top = make_number (FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
15543 set_window_height (root_window,
15544 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
15546 mini_w->top = make_number (FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
15547 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
15549 XWINDOW (root_window)->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
15550 mini_w->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
15552 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
15553 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
15554 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
15556 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
15557 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
15558 default_invis_vector[i] = make_number ('.');
15562 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles.
15563 Also used for `format-mode-line'. */
15564 int size = 100;
15565 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
15566 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
15567 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
15570 help_echo_showing_p = 0;